all | frequencies |
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|
manual |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
Users Manual | Users Manual | 2.35 MiB | June 09 2013 / October 02 2014 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Attestation Statements | June 08 2014 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Cover Letter(s) | June 08 2014 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Cover Letter(s) | June 08 2014 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Report | June 08 2014 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | RF Exposure Info | June 08 2014 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Setup Photos | June 08 2014 / February 02 2015 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Setup Photos | June 08 2014 / February 02 2015 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Report | June 09 2013 / November 09 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | External Photos | June 09 2013 / October 02 2014 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | ID Label/Location Info | June 09 2013 / November 09 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Cover Letter(s) | June 09 2013 / November 09 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Internal Photos | June 09 2013 / October 02 2014 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Report | June 09 2013 / November 09 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Report | June 09 2013 / November 09 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Report | June 09 2013 / November 09 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Report | June 09 2013 / November 09 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Report | June 09 2013 / November 09 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Report | June 09 2013 / November 09 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Attestation Statements | June 09 2013 / November 09 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Report | June 09 2013 / November 09 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Setup Photos | June 09 2013 / October 02 2014 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Attestation Statements | June 09 2013 / November 09 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Report | June 09 2013 / November 09 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Report | June 09 2013 / November 09 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Report | June 09 2013 / November 09 2013 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Setup Photos | June 09 2013 / October 02 2014 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Report | June 09 2013 / November 09 2013 |
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Users Manual | Users Manual | 2.35 MiB | June 09 2013 / October 02 2014 |
SM-N900R4 A N D R O I D S M A R T P H O N E User Manual Please read this manual before operating your phone and keep it for future reference. GH68_XXXXXX Printed in Korea By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and ConfidentialDRAFT - Internal Use Only Intellectual Property All Intellectual Property, as defined below, owned by or which is otherwise the property of Samsung or its respective suppliers relating to the SAMSUNG Phone, including but not limited to, accessories, parts, or software relating there to (the Phone System), is proprietary to Samsung and protected under federal laws, state laws, and international treaty provisions. Intellectual Property includes, but is not limited to, inventions (patentable or unpatentable), patents, trade secrets, copyrights, software, computer programs, and related documentation and other works of authorship. You may not infringe or otherwise violate the rights secured by the Intellectual Property. Moreover, you agree that you will not (and will not attempt to) modify, prepare derivative works of, reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, or otherwise attempt to create source code from the software. No title to or ownership in the Intellectual Property is transferred to you. All applicable rights of the Intellectual Property shall remain with SAMSUNG and its suppliers. Open Source Software Some software components of this product, including but not limited to 'PowerTOP' and 'e2fsprogs', incorporate source code covered under GNU General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), OpenSSL License, BSD License and other open source licenses. To obtain the source code covered under the open source licenses, please visit:
http://opensource.samsung.com. Disclaimer of Warranties; Exclusion of Liability EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE EXPRESS WARRANTY CONTAINED ON THE WARRANTY PAGE ENCLOSED WITH THE PRODUCT, THE PURCHASER TAKES THE PRODUCT "AS IS", AND SAMSUNG MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THE PRODUCT OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE; THE DESIGN, CONDITION OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT; THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PRODUCT; THE WORKMANSHIP OF THE PRODUCT OR THE COMPONENTS CONTAINED THEREIN; OR COMPLIANCE OF THE PRODUCT WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANY LAW, RULE, SPECIFICATION OR CONTRACT PERTAINING By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential THERETO. NOTHING CONTAINED IN THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO CREATE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. IN ADDITION, SAMSUNG SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND RESULTING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ARISING FROM THE BREACH OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY, INCLUDING INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR LOSS OF ANTICIPATED PROFITS OR BENEFITS. SAMSUNG IS NOT LIABLE FOR PERFORMANCE ISSUES OR INCOMPATIBILITIES CAUSED BY YOUR EDITING OF REGISTRY SETTINGS, OR YOUR MODIFICATION OF OPERATING SYSTEM SOFTWARE. USING CUSTOM OPERATING SYSTEM SOFTWARE MAY CAUSE YOUR DEVICE AND APPLICATIONS TO WORK IMPROPERLY. YOUR CARRIER MAY NOT PERMIT USERS TO DOWNLOAD CERTAIN SOFTWARE, SUCH AS CUSTOM OS. IF YOUR CARRIER PROHIBITS THIS, IF YOU ATTEMPT TO DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE ONTO THE DEVICE WITHOUT AUTHORIZATION, YOU WILL BE NOTIFIED ON THE SCREEN THAT THE PHONE WILL NO LONGER OPERATE AND BE INSTRUCTED TO POWER DOWN THE DEVICE. YOU MUST THEN CONTACT YOUR CARRIER TO RESTORE THE DEVICE TO THE CARRIER-AUTHORIZED SETTINGS. SAFE ("Samsung Approved For Enterprise"): TO THE FULL EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO., LTD., SAMSUNG TELECOMMUNICATIONS AMERICA, LLC, AND THEIR AFFILIATES (COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREIN AS THE
"SAMSUNG ENTITIES") EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, INTEROPERABILITY OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, WITH RESPECT TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY PROTECTION, SAFE APPROVED DEVICES AND SAFE APPROVED APPLICATIONS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE SAMSUNG ENTITIES BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY PROTECTION, SAFE APPROVED DEVICES OR SAFE APPROVED APPLICATIONS. In addition, information technology security protection will be affected by features or functionality associated with, among other things the e-mail platform, master data management, and virtual private network solutions selected by the software provider, solution provider or user. Choice of an e-mail, master data management, and virtual private network solution is at the sole discretion of the software provider, solution provider or user and any associated By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential effect on information technology security protection is solely the responsibility of the software provider, solution provider or user. For complete statement of limited warranty, please refer to www.samsung.com/us/safe, available on the web and where Samsung smartphone and Galaxy Tab devices are sold. Samsung Telecommunications America (STA), LLC Headquarters:
1301 E. Lookout Drive Richardson, TX 75082 Customer Care Center:
1000 Klein Rd. Plano, TX 75074 Toll Free Tel: 1.888.987.HELP (4357) Internet Address:
http://www.samsung.com 2013 Samsung Telecommunications America, LLC. Samsung is a registered trademark of Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Do you have questions about your Samsung Mobile Phone?
For 24 hour information and assistance, we offer a new FAQ/ARS System (Automated Response System) at:
www.samsung.com/us/support By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential The Bluetooth word mark, figure mark (stylized B Design), and combination mark (Bluetooth word mark and B Design) are registered trademarks and are wholly owned by the Bluetooth SIG. Nuance, VSuite, T9 Text Input, and the Nuance logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nuance Communications, Inc., or its affiliates in the United States and/or other countries. Swype and the Swype logos are trademarks of Swype, Inc. microSD, microSDHC and the microSD logo are Trademarks of the SD Card Association. DivX, DivX Certified and associated logos are trademarks of Rovi Corporation or its subsidiaries and are used under license. DivX Certified to play DivX video up to HD 720p, including premium content. ABOUT DIVX VIDEO: DivX is a digital video format created by DivX, LLC, a subsidiary of Rovi Corporation. This is an official DivX Certified device that plays DivX video. Visit www.divx.com for more information and software tools to convert your files into DivX videos. ABOUT DIVX VIDEO-ON-DEMAND: This DivX Certified device must be registered in order to play purchased DivX Video-on-
Demand (VOD) movies. To obtain your registration code, locate the DivX VOD section in License settings under Settings > About phone > Legal information. Go to vod.divx.com for more information on how to complete your registration. Wi-Fi, the Wi-Fi CERTIFIED logo, and the Wi-Fi logo are registered trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance. LTE is a trademark of ETSI. Google, Google Play and other marks are trademarks of Google, Inc. Samsung Telecommunications America, LLC (Samsung). Samsung, Super AMOLED, and AllShare are all trademarks of Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. and/or its related entities. Other company names, product names and marks mentioned herein are the property of their respective owners and may be trademarks or registered trademarks. Appearance of device may vary. Verizon Wireless. Verizon Wireless, the Verizon Wireless logos, and Convoy are trademarks of Verizon Trademark Services LLC. All company names, trademarks, logos and copyrights not property of Verizon Wireless are the property of their respective owners. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Table of Contents Section 1: Getting Started ...........................6 Understanding this User Manual . 6 Setting Up Your device . 8 Turning the Device On and Off . 12 Your Google Account . 12 Your Samsung Account . 12 Setup Wizard . 13 Help . 13 Your Phone Number . 13 Voice Mail . 13 TTY Mode . 13 Roaming . 14 Task Manager . 14 Memory Card . 15 Securing Your Device . 16 Section 2: Understanding Your Device .....17 Features . 17 Front . 18 Side . 20 1 Back . 21 S Pen . 22 Home Screen . 27 Navigation . 29 Multi Window . 31 Notifications . 33 LED Indicator . 34 Status Bar . 35 Primary Shortcuts . 37 Widgets . 38 Shortcuts . 38 Folders . 39 Wallpaper . 39 Apps . 40 Entering Text . 40 Section 3: Contacts and Accounts ...........44 Accounts . 44 Contacts . 45 Speed Dials . 55 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 4: Calling ..................................... 57 Making Calls . 57 Multi-party Calling . 59 Answering Calls . 60 Ending a Call . 61 Recent Calls . 61 Call Settings . 63 Section 5: Messaging ............................... 69 Types of Messages . 69 Text and Multimedia Messaging . 70 Emergency Alerts . 74 Email . 74 Gmail . 77 Voicemail . 78 Google Talk . 79 Section 6: Applications ............................ 80 Managing Applications . 80 Action Memo . 82 Amazon . 83 Amazon Kindle . 83 Amazon MP3 . 83 Appstore . 83 Audible . 83 Bloomberg+ . 83 Calculator . 84 Calendar . 84 Caller Name ID . 86 Camera . 87 Chrome . 87 Clock . 88 Contacts . 90 Downloads . 91 Email . 91 Evernote . 91 Flipboard . 92 Gallery . 92 Gmail . 92 Google . 93 Google Settings . 93 Google + . 94 Group Play . 94 Hangouts . 97 Help . 97 IMDb . 98 2 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Internet . 98 KNOX . 98 Local . 99 Maps . 99 Messages . 101 Messenger . 101 Mobile HotSpot . 101 Music . 102 Using Playlists . 105 Creating a Playlist . 105 Transferring Music Files . 106 Removing Music Files . 106 My Files . 106 My Verizon Mobile . 108 Navigation . 108 PEN.UP . 108 Phone . 109 Play Books . 109 Play Magazines . 110 Play Movies & TV . 110 Play Music . 111 Play Store . 112 3 Downloading a New Google Application . 112 Launching an Installed Google Application . 114 POLARIS Office 5 . 115 S Health . 115 S Note . 116 S Translator . 116 S Voice . 117 Samsung Apps . 118 Samsung Hub . 119 Samsung Link . 122 Scrapbook . 126 Settings . 126 Setup Wizard . 126 SketchBook for Galaxy . 126 Slacker . 127 Story Album . 127 TripAdvisor . 127 Verizon Tones . 127 Video . 128 Viewdini . 131 Voicemail . 131 Voice Recorder . 132 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Voice Search . 133 VZ Navigator . 133 VZ Security . 133 WatchON . 134 YouTube . 138 Section 7: Connections .......................... 139 Wi-Fi . 139 Wi-Fi Direct . 141 Mobile Hotspot . 142 Bluetooth . 144 VPN . 145 Tethering . 146 NFC and Beaming . 147 S Beam . 147 Nearby devices . 148 Connecting to a Computer . 149 Memory Card . 150 Section 8: Settings ................................. 152 Accessing Settings . 152 Wireless and network . 152 Device . 153 More Wireless and Network Settings . 158 Device . 164 Personal . 175 Security . 182 One-handed operation . 185 Language and input . 186 Back up and reset . 192 Accounts . 193 System . 194 S Pen . 196 Accessory . 198 Date and time . 198 Accessibility . 199 About phone . 206 Section 9: Health and Safety Information 207 Exposure to Radio Frequency (RF) Signals . 207 Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) Certification Information . 212 FCC Part 15 Information to User . 214 Commercial Mobile Alerting System (CMAS) . 214 Smart Practices While Driving . 214 Battery Use and Safety . 216 Samsung Mobile Products and Recycling . 218 4 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential UL Certified Travel Charger . 219 Display / Touch-Screen . 219 GPS . 220 Emergency Calls . 220 Care and Maintenance . 221 Responsible Listening . 222 Operating Environment . 224 FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility (HAC) Regulations for Wireless Devices . 226 Restricting Children's Access to Your Mobile Device . 228 FCC Notice and Cautions . 228 Other Important Safety Information . 229 Section 10: Warranty Information ..........231 Standard Limited Warranty . 231 End User License Agreement for Software . 236 Index .........................................................244 5 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 1: Getting Started Understanding this User Manual The sections of this manual generally follow the features of your device. A robust index for features begins on page 244. Also included is important safety information beginning on page 207, that you should know before using your device. This manual gives navigation instructions according to the default display settings. If you select other settings, navigation steps may be different. Unless otherwise specified, all instructions in this manual assume that you are starting from the Home screen. To get to the Home screen, you may need to unlock the device. For more information, see Securing Your Device on page 16. Note: Instructions in this manual are based on default settings, and may vary from your device, depending on the software version on your device, and any changes to the devices Settings. Unless stated otherwise, instructions in this User Manual start with the device unlocked, at the Home screen. All screen images in this manual are simulated. Actual displays may vary, depending on the software version of your device and any changes to the devices Settings. Getting Started 6 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Special Text In this manual, youll find text that is set apart from the rest. These are intended to point out important information, share quick methods for activating features, to define terms, and more. The definitions for these methods are as follows:
Notes: Presents alternative options for the current feature or menu. Tips: Provides quick or innovative methods, or useful shortcuts. Important: Points out important information about the current feature that could affect performance. Warning: Brings to your attention important information to prevent loss of data or functionality, or even prevent damage to your device. Text Conventions This manual provides condensed information about how to use your device. To make this possible, the following text conventions are used to represent frequently-used steps:
Arrows are used to represent the sequence of selecting successive options in procedures. For example:
From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Wi-Fi. ONON OFFOFF Many settings use an On/Off switch. Touch the On/Off switch to turn a setting On or Off. This graphic is used to represent the On/Off switch. 7 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Setting Up Your device Install the 4G LTE SIM (Subscriber Identity Module) card, battery, and optional memory card, then charge the battery to begin using your device. Back Cover The battery, SIM card, and optional memory card are installed under a removable cover on the back of the device. Installing the battery cover Align the cover and press it firmly into place, making sure it snaps into place. Note: The battery cover is flexible. Take care to avoid bending or twisting the cover when removing and installing, to prevent damage to the cover. Removing the battery cover Pull up using the slot provided, while lifting the cover off the device. Getting Started 8 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential SIM Card Your device uses a 4G LTE SIM (Subscriber Identity Module). The 4G LTE SIM is a small, rectangular plastic card that stores your phone number, information about your wireless service, and other information such as messages. If you purchased your device at a Verizon Wireless store, the SIM card is activated and ready to use. If you ordered a new device, the card may need to be activated before you can use it. For more information about activating the SIM card, visit:
http://www.verizonwireless.com/4GSIM. Caution! Turn the device off before installing or removing the SIM card. Do not bend or scratch the SIM card. Take care when handling, installing, or removing the SIM card, and avoid exposing the SIM card to static electricity, water, or dirt. Keep the SIM card out of reach of small children. 9 Installing the 4G LTE SIM Card 1. Remove the back cover. 2. With the Verizon Wireless logo facing up, carefully insert the 4G LTE SIM Card into the slot, pressing gently until it locks into place. Install the back cover. 3. Removing the 4G LTE SIM Card 1. Turn off the device, then remove the back cover. 2. Press the 4G LTE SIM Card in gently to release the lock, then carefully slide the 4G LTE SIM Card out of the slot. Install the back cover. 3. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Battery Your device is powered by a rechargeable, standard Li-Ion battery. A Wall/USB Charger (Charging Head and USB cable) is included with the device, for charging the battery. The battery comes partially charged. You must fully charge the battery before using your device for the first time. A fully discharged battery requires up to 4 hours of charge time. After the first charge, you can use the device while charging. Warning! Use only Samsung-approved charging devices and batteries. Samsung accessories are designed to maximize battery life. Using other accessories may invalidate your warranty and may cause damage. Battery Indicator The battery icon level. Before the battery becomes too low to operate, the battery icon flashes and a tone plays. If you continue using the device without charging, the device will power off. in the Status Bar shows battery power Tip: Task Manager provides helpful information about extending battery life. For more information, see Task Manager on page 14. Installing and Removing the Battery Installing the battery 1. Remove the battery cover. 2. Insert the battery into the device, aligning the gold contacts on the battery with the gold contacts in the device. 3. Replace the battery cover. Removing the Battery 1. Remove the battery cover. 2. Lift the battery up and out of the device, using the slot provided. 3. Replace the battery cover. Getting Started 10 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Charging the Battery Your device comes with a Wall/USB Charger (charging head and USB cable) to charge your device from any 110/220 VAC outlet. Note: The battery comes partially charged. You must fully charge the battery before using your device for the first time. A fully discharged battery requires up to 4 hours of charge time. After the first charge, you can use the device while charging. 1. Insert the USB cable into the port. 2. Connect the USB cable to the charging head, then plug the charging head into a standard AC power outlet. 3. When charging is complete, unplug the charging head from the power outlet and remove the USB cable from the device. 11 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Turning the Device On and Off Turning the Device On Press and hold the Power/Lock Key until the device vibrates and starts up. Turning the Device Off 1. Press and hold the Power/Lock Key until the device vibrates and the Device Options menu displays. 2. At the prompt, tap Power off. Your Google Account Your new device uses your Google account to fully utilize its Android features, including Gmail, Google Talk and the Play Store. When you turn on your device for the first time, set up a connection with your existing Google account, or create a new Google account. To create a Google account, or set up your Google account on your device, use Accounts and sync settings (see Accounts on page 193). Your Samsung Account Create a Samsung account, for access to Samsung apps on your device, including Media Hub, Music Hub, and AllShare Play. For more information, see Accounts on page 193. Getting Started 12 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Setup Wizard The first time you turn your device on, Setup Wizard will guide you through the basics of setting up your device. Follow the prompts to choose a default language, set up accounts, choose location services, and learn more about your device. You can also use the Setup Wizard to quickly configure your device at any time. From the Home screen, touch Apps Setup Wizard. Help Get information about using your device, including videos, useful tips, and other information. From the Home screen, touch Apps Help. Your Phone Number From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings About phone Status. Voice Mail All unanswered calls to your device are sent to voicemail, even if your device is turned off, so youll want to set up your voicemail and personal greeting as soon as you activate your device. For more information, see Voicemail on page 78. TTY Mode Your device is TTY-compatible, allowing you to connect a TTY device to the devices headset jack. Before you can use your device with a TTY device, youll need to enable TTY Mode. For more information about enabling TTY mode, see Call Settings on page 63. 13 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Roaming When you travel outside your home networks coverage area, your device can use roaming to acquire service on other compatible digital networks. When roaming, the Roaming icon displays in the Status bar. Tip: You can set your devices roaming behavior. For more information, see Mobile networks on page 158. During roaming, some services may not be available. Depending on your coverage area and service plan, extra charges may apply when making or receiving calls, connecting to the Internet, or using data services. Contact Verizon Wireless for more information about your coverage area and service plan. Task Manager Your device can run apps simultaneously, with some apps running in the background. Use Task Manager to see which apps are running on your device, and to end running apps to extend battery life. You can also uninstall apps from your device and check memory usage. 1. From any unlocked screen, press and hold the Home Key, then select Task manager. 2. Touch the Active applications tab to view apps running on your device. Touch End, or End all to close apps. 3. Touch the Downloaded tab to view information about apps youve installed on your device. Touch Uninstall to remove an app from your device. 4. Touch the RAM tab to display the amount of RAM
(Random Access Memory) in use. Touch Clear memory to clear processes to increase available RAM. 5. Touch the Storage tab for internal system storage and SD card memory statistics. 6. Touch the Help tab to view information about managing RAM, and tips for extending battery life. Tip: Touch and drag your finger on the tabs to scroll the tabs. Getting Started 14 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Removing a Memory Card Important! To prevent damage to data stored on the memory card, unmount the card before removing it from the device. 1. From the Home screen, touch Menu, then touch Settings Storage Unmount SD card. 2. At the prompt, read the warning and select OK to continue. Wait for SD card safe to remove to appear in the Status bar and Notifications. 3. Remove the back cover. 4. Gently press on the memory card to release the lock, then carefully pull the card out. Install the back cover. 5. Memory Card Your device supports optional, removable, microSD or microSDHC memory cards of up to 64GB capacity (not included), for storage of music, pictures, and other files. For more information about using memory cards, see Memory Card on page 150. Installing a Memory Card 1. Remove the back cover. 2. With the gold contacts facing down, slide the memory card into the slot, pushing gently until it locks into place. Install the back cover. 3. 15 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Securing Your Device Use your devices screen lock features to secure your device. Note: Unless stated otherwise, instructions in this User Manual start with the device unlocked, at the Home screen. Unlocking the Device Unlock the device using one of the default unlock screens, or use Screen lock options for increased security. Press the Power/Lock Key, then touch and drag your finger across the screen. Tip: Special notification icons display for missed calls or new messages. Drag a missed call or message icon to view the message or call log. To set a personal screen lock, use the Screen lock option under Security settings. For more information, see Screen lock on page 177. For other settings related to securing your device, see Security on page 182. Locking the Device By default, the device locks automatically when the screen times out. or Press the Power/Lock Key. Tip: When the device is locked, the Emergency call feature is available on the lock screen, to allow you to make emergency calls even while the device is locked. Getting Started 16 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 2: Understanding Your Device Features Touch screen with virtual (on-screen) QWERTY keyboard Brilliant 4.99XX?? HD Super AMOLED screen (1920 x 1080) 1.9XX?? gigahertz quad-core processor Delivering data speeds faster than the current 3G network technology by using 4G LTE and High Speed Packet Access Plus
(HSPA+). Android 4.3, Jelly Bean Platform USB 3.0 connector for fast transfer speeds Smart Switch compliant. For more information, see www.samsungsmartswitch.com Support for Air View and Air Gestures. S Pen functionality Wi-Fi Capability WatchON Rich TV experience with Infrared (IR) remote Apps available to download from the Google Play Store and Samsung Apps Access Movies, TV Shows, Music, Games, and Books with Samsung Hub 17 Samsung Link to share your media content across connected devices. Cloud connectivity is enabled via the use of an external Web storage service Compliant with AllShare Cast Hub 13 Megapixel Camera and Camcorder with autofocus and digital zoom XX??
2 Megapixel Front Facing camera for Video Chat XX??
Share Shot picture sharing functionality, Camera sharing via multi-connect Wi-Fi Direct connection S-Beam file transfer technology Bluetooth enabled NFC-compatible Full Integration of Google Mobile Services (Gmail, YouTube, Google Maps, Google Voice Search) Multiple Messaging Options: Text/Picture/Video Messaging and Google Hangouts Corporate and Personal Email Music Player with multitasking features By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Front Pre-loaded e-reader applications such as: Play Books and Play Magazines Assisted GPS (Google Navigation) Webkit-based browser Expandable memory slot - supports up to 64GB microSD Mobile HotSpot and USB Tethering-capability Video Chat via Google Hangouts Google Play Music Wi-Fi Calling via the use of a micro SIM card HD Video Player 1080p Codec: MPEG4, H.264, H.263, VC-1, WMV7/8, VP8, MP43 Format: 3GP (MP4), WMV (ASF), AVI, and DivX Video Player support for PIP (Picture in Picture) viewing DivX Certified to play DivX video up to HD 720p, including premium content FPO Understanding Your Device 18 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 1. Indicator light illuminates with a series of distinct colors and flashing patterns to indicate different notifications and statuses. Events include Charging, Low battery, and Missed event:
Powering on - blue blinks/animates
Battery Charging - red remains on
Battery Fully Charged - green remains on.
Low Battery or Charging Error- red blinks/animates
Missed Notification (Call or Messaging) - blue blinks/animates For more information, refer to LED Indicator on page 269. 19 2. Light (RGB) Sensor lets you use the ambient light level to adjust the screen brightness/contrast. This sensor decreases screen brightness in dim light.
In a bright light condition (outdoors), the sensors cause the device to increase the brightness and contrast for better viewing.
In dim light conditions, the device decreases the screen brightness to compensate. 3. Menu key displays a list of options available for the current screen. From the Home screen it displays Add apps and widgets, Create folder, Set wallpaper, Edit page, Search, and Settings options. 4. Home key displays the Home screen when pressed. Press and hold to display your recent apps, Task manager, and Remove all option. Double-press to activate S Voice. 5. Microphones are used during phone calls and allow other callers to hear you clearly when you are speaking to them. There are two microphones on the device:
Bottom microphone: used during handset mode. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Top microphone: used while an active call is in the speakerphone mode and assists in noise cancellation
(2 microphone solution). 6. USB Power/Accessory connector allows you to connect a power cable or optional accessories such as a USB/
data cable. 7. Back key redisplays the previous screen or clears entries. 8. S Pen provides a stylus that assists you in performing different functions. 9. Display shows all the information needed to operate your phone, such as the connection status, received signal strength, phone battery level, and time. 10. Front Facing Camera allows you to take pictures while facing the screen and allows you to video conference. 11. Gestures Sensor used to detect Air View and Air Gesture motions. 12. Proximity Sensor detects how close an object is to the surface of the screen. This is typically used to detect when your face is pressed up against the screen, such as during a phone call.
While talking on the phone, the sensor detects talk activity and locks the keypad to prevent accidental key presses. 13. Receiver allows you to hear the other caller. Side FPO Understanding Your Device 20 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Volume: From the Home screen, press to adjust master volume. During calls or media playback, press to adjust volume. Press to mute the ringtone of an incoming call. Power/Lock: Press and hold to turn the device on or off, and to access a device options menu. Press to lock the device, or to wake the screen for unlocking. Back FPO 21 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Flash is used to take photos in low-light conditions. 1. 2. External speaker allows you to hear ringers, music, and Removing S Pen S Pen stores inside your device, for convenient access. other sounds offered by your device. 3. micro SIM Card Slot (internal) Installation location for SIM card. 4. microSD Card Slot (internal) allows you use a microSD card to expand the memory of your device. S Pen Create and collaborate with S Pen. FPO Slide S Pen from your device using the notch on the end of the S Pen. S Pen Settings Configure S Pen settings, including options for sounds and for tracking S Pen when its not stored in your device. For more information about S Pen, and to configure settings, S Pen, or see S Pen on touch page 196. Settings Apps Understanding Your Device 22 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Easy Clip Instantly outline and crop images on the screen, in any shape, to share or paste. You can edit the cropped content, or personalize it with your own handwriting. To use Easy Clip:
Air View Hover S Pen over the screen to preview content, or view information about an item on the screen. For example:
Hover over an email in a list to preview the message before opening it. 1. Press and hold the S Pen button, then draw around the Hover over a photo album to preview the contents, or see a image you want to clip, making sure to close the shape. picture enlarged. Hover over the timeline during video playback to preview and 2. Tap the app you want to paste the image into, or if you navigate to specific scenes. In S Planner, hover over dates and events to see details Hover over an icon or screen button to view the items title For more information about Air View, and to configure settings, touch View, or see Air view on page 197. Settings Apps S Pen Air do nothing, the image is pasted to Clipboard. 23 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Quick Command Multitask like never before. Launch Quick Command pad from any screen, to hand-write tasks. Use S Pen to draw a Quick Command to launch a feature, or draw a Quick Command followed by a keyword to personalize the command. For example, draw a question mark ? to search the Internet, or draw a question mark followed by a search term to search on the term. For more information about Quick Command, and to Settings configure settings, touch Quick Command settings, or see Quick Command Apps S Pen settings on page 197. To launch Quick Command:
Press and hold the S Pen button and swipe upwards on the screen. Idea Sketch Express your ideas with an image. Add illustrations by hand-
writing keywords on the Idea Sketch pad. To use Idea Sketch:
1. From the Home screen, touch 2. From the toolbar, select the Insert tool, then choose Apps S Note. Idea Sketch from the menu. 3. Write a search term for something you want to draw or insert into your S Note. Or, select List and choose a category. 4. S Note displays images matching your search term. Select an image to insert it into your S Note. You can edit the image, or draw on it, and changes are saved in the note. Understanding Your Device 24 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Photo Notes Hand-write a note on the back of pictures to add detail to your memories. To add a Photo Note:
1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Gallery. 2. Select a picture, then select Menu Draw on image. 3. Use S Pen to write a note on the back of the picture, then select Done to save the note with the picture. Note: Photo notes are saved with the picture on your device, but are not transferred when you share the picture. Popup Note Multitask with Popup Note - open an S Note instantly in a popup window to jot down a quick note during a meeting, or write down information from another area of the screen. To use Popup Note:
1. From any screen, press and hold the S Pen button and double-tap on the screen. 2. Use S Pen to write your note, then save it for later. You can move the popup window around the screen. 25 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Popup Video Multitask with Popup Video - transform your video player into a popup window floating on the screen. The video will continue to play, and the popup window can be resized or moved anywhere on the screen. To use Popup Video:
While watching a video, touch the Popup Video icon in the lower right corner of the screen. Popup Browser Multitask with Popup Browser - Launch a new, floating browser window by selecting a web link from any application. To launch Popup Browser:
In any app, touch a web link, then choose Popup Browser from the menu. Other S Pen gestures You can perform other functions with S Pen, for example:
Go back: Press and hold the S Pen button, then draw on the screen. Open menu: Press and hold the S Pen button, then draw on the screen. Screen capture: Press and hold the S Pen button, then touch and hold S Pen on the screen. Select text: Press and hold the S Pen button, then touch and drag S Pen over the text to select Understanding Your Device 26 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Home Screen The Home screen is the starting point for using your device. FPO Status Bar: Presents icons to show network status, battery power, and connection details. For a list of icons, see Status Bar on page 35. Shortcuts: Shortcuts to apps.These shortcuts are found on the Home screen by default, and you can add more shortcuts to your favorite apps. For more information, see Shortcuts on page 38. Widgets: Apps that run on the Home screen. These widgets are found on the Home screen by default, and you can add your favorites. For more information, see Widgets on page 38. Note: Unless stated otherwise, instructions in this User Manual start with the device unlocked, at the Home screen. All screen images in this manual are simulated. Actual displays may vary, depending on the software version of your device and any changes to the devices Settings. 27 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Extended Home Screen The Home screen consists of the Home panel, plus panels that extend beyond the display width to provide more space for adding shortcuts, widgets and folders. Slide your finger horizontally across the screen to scroll to the left or right side panels. As you scroll, the indicator at the bottom of the display shows your current position. Customizing the Home Screen Customize the Home screen to suit your preferences. Add App Shortcuts: For more information, see Shortcuts on page 38. Add Widgets: For more information, see Widgets on page 38. Add Folders: For more information, see Folders on page 39. Change the Wallpaper: For more information, see Wallpaper on page 39. Display settings: For more information, see Display on page 168. Adding and removing Home screen panels Your device comes with 6 Home screen panels. You can customize the Home screen to include up to the seven default panels. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Slide your finger across the screen to scroll the panels, Menu Edit page. and use these controls to configure panels:
Remove: Touch and hold on a panel, then drag it to Remove. Add: Touch a previously-removed panel to add it, up to the default total of seven. Set as Home: The panel set as Home will display when you press the Home Key. Tip: You can also pinch the Home screen to display Edit options. Understanding Your Device 28 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Navigation Navigate your devices features using the command keys and the touch screen. Warning! Please note that a touch screen responds best to a light touch from the pad of your finger or a non-
metallic stylus. Using excessive force or a metallic object when pressing on the touch screen may damage the tempered glass surface and void the warranty. For more information, see Warranty Information on page 231. Context-sensitive Menus While using your device, context-sensitive menus offer options for the feature or screen. To access context-sensitive menus:
Menu.
Touch
Touch and hold on an item. 29 Finger Gestures Touch Touch items to select or launch them. For example:
Touch the onscreen keyboard to enter characters or text. Touch an item to select it. Touch an apps icon to launch the application. Touch and Hold Activate items by a touch and hold gesture. For example:
Touch and hold a widget on the Home screen to move it. Touch and hold on a field to display a pop-up menu of options. Swipe Swipe your finger across the screen. For example:
Unlocking the screen Scrolling the Home screen or a menu Combine touch and hold with swipe to drag an item. Pinch Using two fingers, make a pinch motion on the screen. For example:
Pinch in to zoom in on pictures or screens. Pinch out to zoom out on pictures or screens. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Hand Gestures Your device recognizes motion, to allow you to navigate and access features by moving the device in specific gestures. To use gestures, enable the Motion settings. For more information, see Motion on page 194. Pick Up or Turn Over Lift the device, or place the device screen-down, on a horizontal surface, such as a table. Direct call: When this setting is On, you can lift the device to your ear to call a displayed contact in Messaging, Contacts, or Recent calls to dial the contacts device number. Smart alert: When this setting is On, the device will automatically notify you to missed calls and alerts that occurred while the device was stationary. Turn over to mute/pause: When this setting is On, turning the device screen-down automatically mutes incoming call ringtones and alerts sounds. Tap to top Tap on the top of the device twice, quickly. Tap to top: When this setting is On, a double tap on the top of the device takes you to the top of a list. Tilt Touch and hold with your thumbs on the screen, then tilt the device forward and back to zoom in or out. Tilt to zoom: When this setting is On, tilting the device while in Gallery or Internet causes the screen to zoom in or out. Pan Touch and hold on the screen, then move the device in a side-to-side motion. Pan to move icon: When this setting is On, moving the device in a panning motion (side-to-side) moves a highlighted icon to a new location on the Home screen. Pan to browse images: When this setting is On, moving the device in a panning motion while viewing an image moves focus around in the image. Understanding Your Device 30 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Shake Shake your device to scan for nearby devices, such as Bluetooth or Kies air devices, and more, for connecting to your device for sharing files. Shake to update: When this setting is On, shaking the device starts a scan for nearby devices for sharing. Palm Use your hand to swipe across the screen, or cover the screen. Palm swipe to capture: When this setting is On, swiping the screen with the side of your hand (left to right, or right to left) captures a screen shot. Palm touch to mute/pause: When this setting is On, covering the screen with your hand mutes or pauses media playback. Multi Window Multi Window allows you to use multiple apps on the same screen, in multiple, resizable windows. Enabling Multi Window Enable Multi window on the Notifications screen. 1. Sweep your finger down from the top of the screen to display Notifications. 2. Scroll the settings at the top of Notifications, then touch Multi window to enable it. Displaying Multi Window When Multi window is enabled, the tab appears on the left side of the screen by default. You can show or hide the tab. Touch and hold the Back Key. Moving the Multi Window Tab When Multi window is enabled, its tab displays on the edge of the screen where its docked. You can move the Multi window tab up or down on the edge of the screen. Touch and hold on the tab, then drag it up or down along the edge of the screen. 31 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Moving Multi Window By default, Multi window is docked on the left side of the screen. You can dock the Multi window at any edge of the screen (top, bottom, or either side). Touch the tab to open Multi Window (the tab turns gray), then drag Multi Window to another edge of the screen. Using Multi Window to Run Multiple Apps You can launch apps from Multi window, or drag an app to the screen to run multiple apps at the same time. The apps display together on a split screen. You can switch between the apps, or adjust the size of their display on the screen. Launching multiple apps When you drag an app from Multi Window on top of an open app, both apps display in a split window. 1. While using one app, touch the tab to display Multi Window, then touch and drag an app to the screen. 2. As you drag the app over the screen, a blue screen displays. Release the app when the blue screen displays where you want to place the app. Adjusting the size of app windows You can adjust the size of the two apps on the screen. Touch and drag the border between the windows. Switching Multi window positions and making an app full screen You can switch the position of the app windows from top to bottom. Touch the border between the windows, then touch Switch. Making an app full screen You can change from the split window display to full screen. Touch the border between the windows, then touch Full screen. Understanding Your Device 32 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Notifications Notifications shows information about connections, alerts and other items. 1. Touch and drag downward from the top of the screen Settings Use settings at the top of Notifications to control popular settings. Slide your finger right and left to see all the icons. Bluetooth: Turn Bluetooth On or Off. See Bluetooth on to display notifications. page 144. 2. Touch an item to open the item, or to launch the related GPS: Turn Standalone GPS services on or off. See Standalone app or feature. World Clock While displaying Notifications, touch the time in the Status bar to display a World clock. Add cities to the clock to display the time in different zones around the world. Clearing Notifications 1. Sweep your finger downward from the top of the screen to display Notifications. 2. Touch a notification to clear it, or touch Clear to clear all notifications. 33 GPS services on page 176. Sound: Switch between your sound settings, Mute (all sounds silenced) and Vibrate (all sounds replaced by vibration). Mobile data: Activate or deactivate your devices access to mobile data service. See Mobile networks on page 158. Screen rotation: Enable or disable the Auto rotation setting, to control whether the screen automatically updates when you rotate the device. See Auto-rotate screen on page 170. Airplane mode: Turn Airplane mode On or Off. See Airplane mode on page 152. Power saving: Enable or disable Power saving mode. See Power saving mode on page 173. Driving mode: Enable or disable Driving mode, to have incoming caller ID and text messages read out. See Text-to-speech output on page 191. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential AllShare Cast: Enable or disable AllShare Cast, for easy sharing with other devices. Multi window: Enable or disable the multi window feature. When enabled, touching and holding on the Back Key activates the multi window feature on the screen. Multi window gives you quick access to apps from a window on the right side of the screen, and you can drag an app from the multi window to run multiple apps on the same screen. LED Indicator The LED indicator, on the front of the device above the screen
(see Front on page 18) animates or glows to show alerts or device status. Blue Pulses in multi-color blue while the device is turning On or Off. Blinks blue for a missed call, message or other notification. Red Glows red when the device is connected to a charger and charging. Blinks red when the device is connected to a charger and there is a problem with charging. Blinks red when battery power is low (device not connected to charger) Green Glows green when the device is connected to a charger and the battery is fully charged. Understanding Your Device 34 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Status Bar The Status Bar shows network and battery status and other details, including these common icons. Airplane Mode Active: All wireless communications are disabled. See Airplane mode on page 152. USB Connected: The device is connected to a computer using a USB cable. For more information about transferring data between your device and a computer, see Transferring Data on page 149. Voice Call: A voice call is in progress. Speakerphone: Speakerphone is enabled. Missed Call: Displays when there is a missed call. Mute: Voice or playback volume is muted. Battery Level: Shown fully charged. Battery Charging: Battery is charging. Device Power Critical: Battery has very little power remaining. Charge immediately. 35 GPS E911 Only: E911 location is active (cannot be turned off). See E911 on page 175. GPS Location Active: One or more GPS location services are active. See Location services on page 175. Missing SIM: No SIM is installed. No Network: No wireless network is available. 3G connection: device is active on a 3G system. The arrows are colored when data is being transferred. 4G LTE Connection: device is active on a 4G LTE system. The arrows are colored when data is being transferred. Signal Strength: Current signal strength. The greater the number of bars, the stronger the signal. Signal Strength Roaming, Open: Current signal strength, when the device is roaming. The greater the number of bars, the stronger the signal. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Signal Strength Roaming, CDMA: Current signal strength, when the device is roaming on CDMA networks. The greater the number of bars, the stronger the signal. Wi-Fi Active: Wi-Fi is active, and connected to a Wi-Fi network. The greater the number of rays, the stronger the signal. The arrows are colored when data is being transferred. For more information about configuring Wi-Fi, see Wi-Fi on page 139. Wi-Fi Action Needed: Action needed to connect to Wi-Fi network. For more information about configuring Wi-Fi, see Wi-Fi on page 139. New Message: You have new message(s). New Voicemail: You have new voicemail. A number indicates the number of new messages. New Email Message: You have new email. Download Successful: A file was downloaded successfully. Update Available: An update is available for an installed app. Update Successful: An update was installed for an app. Alarm: An alarm is set. Silent mode: All sounds except media and alarms are silenced, and Vibrate is not active. Vibrate: Vibrate Silent mode is active. Music Playing: Music is playing, but the app is in the background. You can control playback from Notifications, or from Music player. Music Paused: Music playback is paused. You can control playback from Notifications, or from Music player. SD Card Ready: A memory card scan is underway, to prepare the card for use. For more information about using memory cards, see Memory Card on page 150. Understanding Your Device 36 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential SD Card Safe to Remove: A memory card was unmounted, and it is safe to uninstall it. For more information about using memory cards, see Memory Card on page 150. SD Card Removed: A memory card was uninstalled. For more information about using memory cards, see Memory Card on page 150. Bluetooth Active: Bluetooth is turned on. For more information, see Turning Bluetooth On or Off on page 144. Bluetooth Paired: Your device is paired with another Bluetooth device. For more information, see Pairing with a Bluetooth Device on page 144. Primary Shortcuts Primary Shortcuts appear at the bottom of the display. You can edit the Primary Shortcuts, except for Editing the Primary Shortcuts To add or remove shortcuts:
Apps. Touch and hold a shortcut, then drag it from the Primary Shortcuts to the Home screen, or from the Home screen to the Primary Shortcuts. To remove shortcuts:
Touch and hold the shortcut until Remove appears, then drag the shortcut to the Remove icon. 37 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Widgets Widgets are self-contained applications that you can place on the Home screen for quick access. Adding Widgets to the Home screen Adding widgets from the Home screen 1. Navigate to a Home screen panel, then touch and hold on the screen to display the Home screen menu. 2. Touch Apps and widgets. 3. Touch the Widgets tab, then touch and hold and drag it to the Home screen. Adding Shortcuts from Widgets 1. Navigate to a Home screen panel. 2. Touch 3. Touch a widget, then follow the prompts to configure Apps, then touch the Widgets tab. the widget and place it on the Home screen. Removing Widgets Shortcuts Use App shortcuts for quick access to applications from the Home screen. Your device comes with app shortcuts already placed on the Home screen, and you can add your favorites. Adding Shortcuts to the Home Screen Adding shortcuts from the Home screen 1. Navigate to a Home screen panel, then touch and hold on the screen to display the Add to Home screen menu. 2. Touch Apps and widgets. 3. Touch and hold an app to add it to the Home screen. Adding Shortcuts from Apps 1. Navigate to a Home screen panel. 2. Touch 3. Touch and hold an app to add it to the Home screen. Apps. Removing Shortcuts Touch and hold the shortcut until Remove appears, Touch and hold the widget until Remove appears, then drag the shortcut to the Remove icon. then drag the widget to the Remove icon. Understanding Your Device 38 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Folders Place folders on the Home screen to organize items. Adding Folders 1. Navigate to a Home screen panel, then touch and hold on the screen to display the Home screen menu 2. Touch Folder. The folder displays on the Home screen. Touch the folder to name it. Removing Folders Touch and hold the folder until Remove appears, then drag the folder to the Remove icon. Wallpaper Choose a picture to display in the background of the Home screen. You can choose pre-loaded wallpaper images, or select a picture youve taken with Camera or downloaded. 1. From the Home screen, touch and hold on the screen to display the Home screen menu, then select Set wallpaper. 2. Choose Home screen, Lock screen, or Home and lock screens. 3. Choose a source:
Gallery: Choose a picture stored on your device or on an optional installed memory card. Touch a picture to select it, then use the crop tool to resize the picture, if desired. Touch Done to set the picture as wallpaper.
Live wallpapers: Choose from pre-loaded interactive moving wallpapers. Touch a wallpaper, then touch Set wallpaper.
Wallpaper: Choose from pre-loaded wallpaper images. Touch a wallpaper, then touch Set wallpaper. Note: You can also set Wallpaper in Settings. For more information, see Wallpaper on page 168. 39 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Apps Apps holds all applications installed on your device. Applications that you download and install are also added to Apps. The Apps screen is like the Home screen, it consists of panels that extend beyond the display width to provide more space. Slide your finger horizontally across the screen to scroll to the left or right side panels. As you scroll, the indicator at the bottom of the display shows your current position. For more information about applications, see Applications on page 80. You can place shortcuts to apps on the Home screen, for quick access to the app. For more information, see Adding Shortcuts from Apps on page 38. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Slide your finger left or right to scroll the Apps screens. 3. Touch an icon to launch the application. Apps. Entering Text Your device uses a virtual QWERTY keyboard for text entry. Use the keyboard to enter letters, punctuation, numbers, and other characters into text entry fields or applications. Access the keyboard by touching any text entry field. You can also use voice input to speak your inputs. The virtual QWERTY keyboard displays at the bottom of the screen. By default, when you rotate the device, the screen orientation updates to display the keyboard at the bottom of the screen. Text Input Methods Your device offers three text input methods: Google voice typing, Samsung keyboard, and Swype. You can set a default text entry method in Settings. For more information, see Keyboards and input methods on page 186. To choose a text input method at any time:
While entering text, touch and drag downward from the top of the screen to display Notifications, then touch Choose input method. Understanding Your Device 40 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Using Samsung Keyboard The Samsung keyboard is a custom virtual QWERTY keyboard, featuring optional predictive text. Input characters by tapping the on-screen keys with your finger, or use speech recognition. You can enable predictive text, to have the Samsung keyboard match your key touches to common words and displays them. Select a word from the display to insert it into your text. Configuring Samsung keyboard Configure the Samsung keyboard to your preferences. For more information, see Samsung keyboard on page 187. While entering text, touch from the pop-up
, then select menu. Entering Upper and Lower Case Letters The default case is lower case (abc). Enter upper and lower case alphabet letters by touching the Shift key to toggle the case, before touching the letter key(s).
Touch once to switch from abc to Abc mode
Touch and hold to switch to ABC mode 41 to switch to symbol
, then Entering Symbols and Numbers To enter common symbols, touch mode, then touch the corresponding key. To enter less-common symbols, touch touch the corresponding key. To enter numbers, touch Using Google Voice Typing from the Samsung keyboard When you enable the Voice input setting for Samsung keyboard, you can access Google Voice Typing from the Samsung keyboard. For more information about enabling Voice input, see Samsung keyboard on page 187.
, then touch the number keys. Touch
, then speak your input. Using Predictive text When using Predictive text, you can have next-letter prediction and regional error correction, which compensates for pressing the wrong keys on the QWERTY keyboard. While entering characters, potential word matches display in the Predictive text area above the keyboard. Touch a word to insert it into your text. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Using Google Voice Typing Use your voice to enter text using the Google Voice typing feature. 1. While entering text, touch and drag downward from the top of the screen to display Notifications, then touch Select input method Google voice typing. 2. At the Listening prompt, speak your text. As you speak, the text is displayed in the text field. Entering Text using Swype Swype is a new way to enter text on touch screens. Instead of touching each key individually, use your finger to trace over the letters of a word. For each word, place your finger on the first letter and glide to the subsequent letters, lifting on the last letter. Swype Help While entering text, you can get information about Swype. Touch and hold Swype to access Settings, for the How to Swype tutorial. Understanding Your Device 42 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Editing Keyboard The Editing Keyboard provides a quick way to move the cursor and highlight text. If the application in which you are working supports editing, you can cut, copy or paste highlighted text. Swype from Swype to
. Using Swype Voice Input Enter text by speaking. Swype recognizes your speech and enters text for you. Touch Voice Input. At the prompt, speak the text you want to enter. Configuring Swype Configure Swype options in the Language and input settings. While entering text, touch and hold For more information about Swype settings, see Swype on Swype. page 189. Using the Numeric Keyboard Switch to a Numeric Keyboard, to quickly enter numbers and mathematical operators. Touch
. Entering Symbols and Numbers Using the Swype Keyboard:
Touch and hold on a key to enter the character at the top of the key. Touch and hold on a key until a menu of all characters available on that key appears, then touch a character to enter it. Touch to switch to Symbol mode, then touch a key. 43 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 3: Contacts and Accounts Accounts Your device provides the ability to synchronize information, from a variety of accounts, including Email, Facebook, Google, and your Samsung account. Depending on the account, you can choose to synchronize your calendar, contacts, and other types of content. Contacts from your accounts appear in your devices Contacts. With synchronization, you can ensure that information on your device is updated with any information that changes in your accounts. Setting Up Your Accounts Set up and manage your accounts with the Accounts settings. For information about setting up other, non-synchronized email accounts, see Setting Up Email Accounts on page 74. Tip: For more information on setting up your email, visit the Smartphone Resource Center at:
https://smartphones.verizonwireless.com Adding an account 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings Add account. Apps 2. Select an account provider, then follow the prompts to enter your credentials and sign in. 3. The device communicates with the providers server to set up your account on the device. Contacts and Accounts 44 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Managing accounts 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings. 2. Select an account, then touch a setting to enable or disable synchronization. When enabled, a check mark appears in the check box. Contacts Use Contacts to store information for your friends, family and colleagues, to make contacting them easy. To access Contacts:
From the Home screen, touch Contacts. Contact tips:
Swipe your finger left-to-right across a contact to make a call to the contact. Swipe right-to-left across a contact to create a message addressed to the contact. 45 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Creating Contacts 1. From the Home screen, touch Contacts Create contact.
Touch Address to enter an email address, then touch the Label button to choose a label, from Home, Work, Other, or Custom to create a new label. To add an address, touch
. next to Events to enter a special date, then touch 2. At the Save contact to prompt, select a save option for
Touch the contact (options depend on accounts set up):
Phone: Save to the phones Contacts.
Google: Save to your Google account.
Corporate: Save to your Corporate account. 3. Touch contact fields to enter information:
Photo ID to choose a picture to identify the contact.
Touch
Touch Name to enter a name for the contact. Touch to enter Name prefix, First name, Middle name, Last name, or Name suffix.
Touch Phone number to enter a phone number, then touch the Label button to choose a label, from Mobile, Home, Work, Work Fax, Home Fax, Pager, Other, Custom or Callback. To add another number, touch
.
Touch Email address to enter an email address, then touch the Label button to choose a label, from Home, Work, Other, or Custom to create a new label. To add an address, touch
. the Label button to choose a label, from Birthday, Anniversary, Other, or Custom to create a new label.
Touch Groups to assign the contact to a group. For more information about Groups, see Groups on page 53.
Touch Ringtone to choose a ringtone for the contact.
Touch Vibration pattern to choose a vibration pattern to play along with the ringtone when this contact calls or sends you a message.
Touch Add another field to add more fields, including Phonetic Name, Organization, IM, Notes, Nickname, Website, or Relationship. 4. When you finish entering information, touch Save. Contacts and Accounts 46 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Creating Contacts from Recent calls Save a phone number from a recent call to create a new contact, or update an existing contact. For more information, see Creating or Updating Contacts Using Recent calls on page 62. Creating Contacts from the Phone Keypad Enter a phone number with the Phone Keypad, then save it. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch the digits of the phone number on the Keypad. 3. Touch Add to Contacts, then select Create contact from Phone. the pop-up menu. 4. Continue entering contact information. For more information, see Creating Contacts on page 46. Tip: While entering a phone number, you can add waits or pauses. Enter the number up to the pause or wait, then Menu to select Add 2 sec pause or Add wait. touch Updating Contacts Make changes to update an existing contact. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch a contact to view its information, then touch Contacts. Edit. or Touch and hold a contact, then select Edit from the menu. 3. Continue entering contact information. For more information, see Creating Contacts on page 46. Updating Contacts from the Phone Keypad Enter a phone number with the Phone Keypad, then save it. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch the digits of the phone number on the Keypad. 3. Touch Add to Contacts, then select Update existing from Phone. the pop-up menu. 4. Select a contact to update, then continue entering contact information. For more information, see Creating Contacts on page 46. 47 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Updating Contacts from Recent calls Save a phone number from a recent call to create a new contact, or update an existing contact. For more information, see Creating or Updating Contacts Using Recent calls on page 62. Choosing Contacts to Display 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch Menu, then touch Contacts to display:
Contacts.
Choose All contacts to show all contacts.
Choose an account to only display contacts from that account.
Touch Phone to show only show contacts saved to the phone.
Touch SIM to show only contacts saved to the SIM card.
Choose Customized list to select contact types for each account, or the phone. Contacts Settings 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch Menu, then touch Settings:
Contacts.
Select Only contacts with phones to show contacts with at least one stored phone number.
Touch List by to sort contacts by first or last name.
Touch Display contacts by to list contacts by first or last name.
Touch Service numbers to view and call customer service for your service provider.
Touch Contact sharing settings to set your preferences for transferring contacts by Bluetooth. You can choose to send all namecards at once, or individually. For more information about sending contacts, see Sending Namecards (vCards) on page 51. Contacts and Accounts 48 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Other Contacts Options Contacts. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch a contact to display it, then touch Menu:
History: View calls and messages to and from this contact.
Edit: Modify contact information.
Delete: Erase the contact record.
Join contact/Separate contact: Manage multiple contacts as one. For information, see Joining Contacts on page 50.
Mark as default: Set a default phone number or other field
(such as IM or email address). Defaults are the contact method used when creating a message or calling a contact. You can also set a default by touching and holding on a contact field.
Share namecard via: Send the namecard. For information, see Sending Namecards (vCards) on page 51.
Add to reject list: Mark the contact so that calls or messages from the contact are rejected automatically. To remove a contact form the reject list, touch and hold on the contact in the main contacts screen, then choose Remove from reject list.
Print contact info: Print the contacts information via Bluetooth to a compatible Samsung Bluetooth-enabled printer (not included). 49 My Local Profile My local profile is your own contact record, listed under ME in Contacts. You can send My local profile as a vCard via Bluetooth or as an attachment. Creating My Local Profile 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch Set up profile, then enter your information in the Contacts. contact fields. For more information, see Creating Contacts on page 46. Sending My Local Profile You can send your profile as a vCard via Bluetooth to other Bluetooth devices, or as an attachment. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch your profile to display your contact information. 3. Touch 4. Choose a sending method, then follow the prompts to Menu, then touch Share namecard via. Contacts. send the profile. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Separating contacts 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch a contact to display its information. 3. Under the Connection heading, phone icons show how Contacts. many contacts are joined to this one. Touch the Connection field to display joined contacts. 4. Touch next to a contact to remove it from the displayed contact. Joining Contacts Your device can synchronize with multiple accounts, including Google, Corporate, and other providers, plus social networking sites like Facebook. When you synchronize contacts from these accounts with your device, you may have multiple contacts for one person. Joining contact records allows you to see all the contacts numbers and addresses together. Joining also helps you keep your contacts updated, because any changes to information in the respective accounts is automatically updated the next time you synchronize with the account. Joining contacts 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch and hold on a contact, then select Join contact. 3. Select a contact to join to the selected contact. Contacts. Contacts and Accounts 50 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Exporting and Importing Contacts You can export your contact list to and from USB storage
(your devices memory), or an installed memory card. Contacts are exported and imported as a special VCF file, and contacts are sent as vCards. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch 3. Select an option, then follow the prompts to complete Contacts. Menu, then touch Import/Export. the operation:
Import from USB storage: Copy contacts that are saved in device memory.
Export to USB storage: Copy contacts to device memory.
Import from SD card: Copy contacts from an optional installed memory card (not included).
Export to SD card: Copy contacts to an installed memory card.
Import from SIM card: Copy contacts that are saved to the SIM card to device memory.
Share namecard via: Share contacts as vCards. For more information, see Sending Namecards (vCards) on page 51. Sending Namecards (vCards) You can send a contact namecard as a vCards via Bluetooth to other Bluetooth devices, or as an attachment via Gmail or Email. Important! Not all Bluetooth devices will accept contacts, and not all devices support transfers of multiple contacts. Check the target devices documentation. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch Contacts. Menu, then touch Import/Export Send namecard via. 3. Touch contacts to mark them for sending, or touch Select all to mark all contacts. A check mark appears in the check box for marked contacts. 4. Touch Done. At the prompt, choose a sending method, then follow the prompts to send the namecard:
Bluetooth: For more information about sending via Bluetooth, see Bluetooth on page 144.
Email: For more information about sending email, see Email on page 74. 51 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Gmail: For more information about sending Gmail, see Composing and Sending Gmail on page 77.
Messaging: For more information about sending messages, see Creating and Sending Messages on page 70.
Wi-Fi Direct: For more information about using Wi-Fi Direct, see see Wi-Fi Direct on page 141. Backing Up Contacts Use Backup Assistant Plus to save a copy of your Contacts to a secure web site. For more information, see Backup Assistant+ on page 72. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch 3. Follow the prompts to log in to your Backup Assistant Menu, then touch Backup. Contacts. account. Contacts and Accounts 52 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential star to identify them as Favorites. Favorites Mark contacts with a Favorites display on the Favorites tab in the Phone and Contacts for fast dialing or messaging, and are indicated by the Creating Favorites
. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch and hold on a contact, then select Add to Contacts. Groups Assign contacts to Groups to make searching for contacts faster, or to quickly call or send messages to group members. Your device comes with pre-loaded groups you can use to add your contacts, or you can create new groups. Accessing Groups From the Home screen, touch Contacts Groups. Creating a New Group favorites from the pop-up menu. or Touch a contact to display it, then touch right of the screen. 53 1. From the Home screen, touch Contacts at the top Groups. 2. Touch Menu Create, then enter information:
Touch Group name to enter a Group Name.
Touch Group ringtone to choose a ringtone for calls from members of this group.
Touch Vibration pattern to choose a vibration to play for calls from members of this group.
Touch Add member to select members from Contacts. 3. Touch to save the new group. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Editing a Group Adding Contacts to a Group 1. From the Home screen, touch Contacts 1. From the Home screen, touch Contacts Groups. Groups. 2. Touch a Group to display it. 3. Touch Menu Edit, then update information for the group. For more information, see Creating a New Group on page 53. Deleting a Group 2. Touch a Group to display it, then touch Add member. 3. Touch contact(s) to mark them for addition, or touch Select all to mark all contacts. When selected, a check mark appears in the check box. 1. From the Home screen, touch Contacts 4. Touch Done to add the selected contact(s). Groups. 2. Touch 3. Touch a group to mark it for deletion, or touch Select all Menu, then touch Delete. to mark all groups. When selected, a check mark appears in the check box. You cannot delete pre-
loaded groups. 4. Touch Delete, then choose Group only or Group and group members. Removing Contacts from a Group 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch a Group to display it. 3. Touch 4. Touch contact(s) to mark them for removal, or touch Menu, then touch Remove member. Contacts Groups. Select all to mark all contacts. When selected, a check mark appears in the check box. 5. Touch Done to remove the selected contact(s). Contacts and Accounts 54 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Sending a Message to Group Members Create a new text or email message, addressed to the groups members. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch a Group to display it. 3. Touch email. Menu, then touch Send message or Send Contacts Groups. 4. Touch contacts to mark them as recipients for the new message, then touch Done. 5. The new message opens, with the marked contacts as recipients. Continue creating the message, as desired. For more information, see Creating and Sending Messages on page 70, or see Composing and Sending Email on page 76. 55 Speed Dials Speed dials are 1-, 2-, or 3-digit shortcuts (1 to 100) you assign to contacts, to allow you to quickly call the contact. For more information about calling using speed dials, see Making Calls using Speed Dials on page 57. Note: Some speed dials are reserved by default, and cannot be assigned:
Speed dial 1 is reserved for Voicemail. Speed dial 97 is reserved for balance inquiries. Speed dial 98 is reserved for minutes inquiries. Speed dial 99 is reserved for payment inquiries. Speed dial 100 is reserved for data usage inquiries. Assigning Speed Dials 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch 3. A list of speed dials displays.Touch a speed dial, then touch a contact to assign the contact to the speed dial. Menu, then touch Speed dial setting. Contacts. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Removing or Reassigning a Speed Dial Contacts. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch 3. Touch Menu, then touch Speed dial setting. Menu, then touch an option:
Change order: Touch an assigned speed dial, then touch a new speed dial location to change the order.
Remove: Touch a speed dial to remove it. Contacts and Accounts 56 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 4: Calling Making Calls Your device offers multiple ways to make calls:
Use the touch screen Phone Keypad to enter the phone number Making Calls Using the Phone Keypad Phone. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch the digits of the telephone number on the or speed dial. Call a contact from Contacts. Call a contact from Favorites. Return a call, or call a recent caller, from Recent calls. Voice dial using S Voice. Keypad. 3. Touch to place the call. Making Calls using Speed Dials Speed Dials are 1-, 2-, or 3-digit shortcuts (1 to 100) you assign to contacts, to allow you to quickly call the contact. For more information about setting speed dials, see Speed Dials on page 55. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch the digits of the speed dial number on the Phone. Keypad, holding the last digit until the number dials. 57 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Making Calls from Contacts A contact is an entry that you have created to store the name, numbers, and other information for people or groups of interest. For more information, see Contacts on page 45. Contacts. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Find the contact and touch it to open the Contact entry. 3. Swipe your finger from left to right across the contact to dial their default number. or Touch a contact, then touch number. to dial the Making Calls using S Voice Place a call by speaking the name or number. 1. From the Home screen, touch Phone. then touch
. 2. The first time you access, follow the prompts to confirm the license agreement, and view information about. 3. Follow the prompts to speak a command. You can say commands such as:
Call <Name >: Call an entry in your Contacts list.
Dial <Phone number>: Call a spoken phone number.
Redial: Repeat a recent call. Tip: You can launch S Voice from most unlocked screens by pressing the Home Key twice. Calling 58 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Making Calls using Favorites Favorites are contacts that you designate as favorites by starring them. For more information about creating favorites, see Favorites on page 53. Phone. Favorites to display favorites. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch 3. Find the contact and touch it to open the Contact entry. 4. Swipe your finger from left to right across the contact Multi-party Calling Use multi-party call features to set up a call between multiple callers, such as for a conference call. 1. Establish the first call, by answering an incoming call or making a call. 2. Touch Add call. The first call is placed on hold. 3. Make the second call by touching the phone number digits, then press
. 4. Touch Merge to merge the calls into one conference to dial the 5. To end the call touch
. call. to dial their default number. or Touch a contact, then touch number. Making Calls from Recent calls Return a call, or call a number from a recent call stored in Recent calls. For more information, see Recent Calls on page 61. 59 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Answering Calls You can answer incoming calls when the device is locked or unlocked. Touch and drag the middle of the screen. Answer icon toward the Tip: To silence the ringtone for an incoming call, press the Volume Key. Sending Calls to Voicemail When your device alerts you to an incoming call, you can reject the call to send the caller to voice mail, or reject the call and send a message to the caller. Rejecting a call Touch and drag the Reject icon toward the middle of the screen. Rejecting a call with a message Touch and drag Reject call with message toward the middle of the screen, then select an existing message, or Create new message. Note: For more information about creating reject messages, see Set reject messages on page 64. Answering Call-Waiting Calls When you receive a call while on a call:
Touch and drag the Answer icon to answer the incoming call. The original call is placed on hold, and remains on hold until you end the second call, or swap calls back to the original call. Touch Swap to place a call on hold and return to the original call. Calling 60 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Options During a Call While in a call, you can use these features:
Add call: Display the Dialer to set up a multi-party call. Keypad: Display a keypad to enter numbers. End call: End the phone call. Speaker: Enable or disable speakerphone. Mute: Mute or unmute your voice on the call. Headset: Switch the calls audio to a Bluetooth headset (device and headset must already be paired; for more information see Pairing with a Bluetooth Device on page 144). Touch Menu for options:
Contacts: Launch Contacts. Message: Launch Messaging. S Note: Launch S Note. Noise reduction on/Noise reduction off: Enable or disable noise reduction, to improve call audio quality in noisy environments. My call sound: Choose options for call audio, in cases where you might need the sound softer or clear, or optimized for your right or left ear. Ending a Call To end a call, touch
. Recent Calls When you place, answer, or miss a call, a record of the call is saved in Recent calls. Accessing Recent calls From the Home screen, touch Phone Recent calls. Making Calls using Recent calls 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch 3. Swipe your finger from left to right across the call to Phone. Recent to display recent calls. redial. or Touch a call, then touch to dial the number. 61 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Sending Messages using Recent calls Phone 1. From the Home screen, touch Managing Recent calls Deleting records Recent calls. 1. From the Home screen, touch Phone 2. Swipe your finger from right to left across the call. Recent calls. or Touch a call, then touch the number. to create a message to Delete. 2. While viewing the calls, touch Menu, then touch Creating or Updating Contacts Using Recent calls 1. From the Home screen, touch Phone Recent calls. 2. Touch and hold on a call, then select Add to Contacts from the pop-up menu. 3. Choose Create contact or Update existing. 4. Continue entering contact information. For more information, see Contacts on page 45. 3. Touch call records to mark them for deletion, or touch Select all. A check indicates marked records. 4. Touch Delete to delete marked records. Filtering records 1. From the Home screen, touch Phone Recent calls. 2. While viewing the calls, touch Menu, then touch View by. 3. Select a filter type, from All calls and messages, All calls, Missed calls, Dialed calls, Received calls, Rejected calls, All messages, Sent messages, and Received messages. Calling 62 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Viewing call durations View the length of the Last call, all Dialed calls, all Received calls, or All calls. 1. From the Home screen, touch Phone Recent calls. 2. While viewing calls, touch Menu, then touch Call duration. 63 Call Settings Configure settings for calling with your device. Call restriction Create and manage a list of phone numbers, to have your device automatically reject calls you receive from those numbers. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch 3. Select Call restriction for these options:
Menu Call Settings. Phone.
Auto reject mode: Touch to turn Auto reject mode ON or OFF. When ON, calls from numbers on the Auto reject list will be rejected.
Auto reject list: Enter telephone numbers to be rejected in Auto reject mode is ON. Turn on Unknown number to reject calls with no caller ID. Touch Create, then follow the prompts to enter numbers to reject, or select them from Contacts. Touch Match criteria to set options for using the reject number list. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Set reject messages Create and manage text messages to send to callers when rejecting incoming calls. Messages you create here are available from the incoming call screen when you use the Reject with message option. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch 3. Manage messages:
Phone. Menu Call Settings Set reject messages.
To create new messages, touch Create, then follow the prompts.
To modify an existing message, touch the message, then edit the text. Ringtones and keypad tones Choose tones and/or vibration to play for incoming calls and keypad touches. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch Menu Call Settings Ringtones and Phone. keypad tones. 3. Configure settings:
Device ringtone: Choose a default ringtone for incoming calls.
Device vibration: Choose a vibration pattern, or create your own pattern, to play for incoming calls when Incoming call vibration is turned On. Vibration plays along with the ringtone, if Silent mode is not enabled.
Incoming call vibration: When enabled, the Device vibration plays for incoming calls.
Keytones: When turned on, sounds play when you touch the Phone keypad. Calling 64 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Call alert Set options for sounds and vibrations to occur during calls. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch 3. Configure options:
Menu Call Settings Call alert. Phone. Call answering/ending Manage settings for answering and ending calls. Phone. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch ending. Menu Call Settings Call answering/
Call vibrations: Enable Vibrate on connection to network to 3. Configure these options:
have your device vibrate when it connects to the network. Enable on Call-end vibration to have the device vibrate when the other caller ends the call.
Call status tones: Choose options for sounds to play during calls. Enable Call connect tone to have the device play a tone when the other caller answers a call. Enable Minute minder to have a tone play once per minute during a call. Enable Call end tone to have the device play a tone when the other caller ends the call. Touch OK to save the settings.
Alerts on call: Enable to have notifications for alarms and new messages play during phone calls. When disabled, these notifications will be muted during a call.
Answering key: When enabled, you can answer an incoming call by pressing the Home Key.
The power key ends calls: When enabled, pressing the Power/Lock Key ends a call. Auto screen off during calls When enabled, the screen automatically turns off during phone calls, and the proximity sensor on the front of the device is used to turn the screen back on when the device is moved or brought close to another surface, such as when you move the device to your ear. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch 3. Touch Auto screen off during calls to enable or disable Menu Call Settings. Phone. 65 the option. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Accessory settings for call Configure headset options for calls. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch for call. Phone. Menu Call Settings Accessory settings 3. Configure settings:
Automatic answering: When enabled, and you have a headset connected to the Headset Jack, incoming calls are answered automatically after a delay, set at Automatic answering timer.
Automatic answering timer: Choose a time period to delay before automatically answering an incoming call when Automatic answering is enabled and a headset is connected to the device.
Outgoing call conditions: When the device is paired with a Bluetooth headset, you can choose to make calls even when the device is locked. My call sound Choose options for call audio, in cases where you might need the sound softer or more clear, or optimized for your right or left ear. These are the defaults, but you can change them during a call by touching Menu My call sound. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch 3. Configure options:
Menu Call Settings My call sound. Phone.
My call sound settings: Choose Off to use the phones defaults, or choose Soft sound, Clear sound, Optimized for left ear, or Optimized for right ear.
Personalize call sound: Follow the prompts to find the best call sound for you. Use extra volume for calls When enabled, the call screen displays a volume control, for adjusting call volume during calls. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch 3. Touch Use extra vol. for calls to enable or disable the Menu Call Settings. Phone. option. Calling 66 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Voicemail Configure options for voicemail. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch 3. Configure options:
Menu Call Settings. Phone.
Voicemail service: By default, your device uses your wireless service providers voicemail service. If you have another option for voicemail installed, select it here.
Voicemail settings: By default, the speed dial for calling voicemail for your service provider is *86 (*VM). If you wish to use another speed dial, touch Voicemail number to set a new one.
Ringtone: Choose a ringtone to play for a voicemail notification.
Vibrate: Choose an option for vibration to play for a voicemail notification. Increase volume in pocket When enabled, the device uses the proximity sensor to detect when the device is in a pocket or other close-fitting location such as a purse or bag, and increases the volume for incoming call ringtones. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch 3. Touch Increase volume in pocket to enable or disable Menu Call Settings. Phone. the option. Additional settings Enable or disable noise reduction. When enabled, the effect of background noise is suppressed, to help you and the other caller hear better. 1. From the Home screen, touch Menu Call Settings Additional settings. 2. Touch 3. Touch Noise reduction to enable or disable the option. Phone. 67 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Other call settings 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch 3. Configure options:
Menu Call Settings. Phone.
Current country: Choose the country you are in. This is used in Assisted dialing.
Assisted dialing: When turned On, your phone automatically dials appropriate codes and prefixes for international calls. Touch Assisted dialing to configure settings. to turn the option On or Off, then touch
Auto retry: When enabled, the device will automatically redial a call if it receives a busy signal from the network.
TTY mode: Choose a TTY mode to enable TTY mode, for use with optional TTY equipment.
DTMF tones: Set the length of Dual-tone Multi-frequency tones, which play when you use the keypad during a call, such as when navigating device menus.
Voice privacy: Enable or disable Enhanced voice privacy, to improve the security of phone calls. Calling 68 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Note: Messaging service availability depends on your network and service plan. Multimedia Messaging charges apply per your Calling Plan. Monthly plans are available. Higher rates apply for International Multimedia Messaging (when available). Compatible Device required. Consult Verizon Wireless for more information. Section 5: Messaging Types of Messages Your device supports these types of messages:
Text messages: Send and receive simple messages containing text to other mobile phones or email addresses (also known as SMS). Multimedia messages: Send and receive text messages with pictures, video, and/or sound to other mobile phones or email addresses (also known as MMS). Mobile IMs: Exchange Instant Messages with other users of popular messaging sites. Email: Send and receive email from your email accounts, including Corporate mail. Gmail: Send and receive Gmail from your Google account. Voicemail: Retrieve voice messages from callers. Google Talk: Chat with other Google Talk users. 69 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Text and Multimedia Messaging Your device can send and receive text and multimedia messages. Creating and Sending Messages Messaging. New message. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch 3. Touch Enter recipient and enter a name, phone number or email address, or touch to add recipients from Contacts. As you enter text, matching contacts appear. Touch a contact to add it to the list. 4. Touch Enter message, then enter the message. While entering the message, use these options (available options depend on attachment):
Touch Attach to add media or content to the message
(converts the message to MMS). Menu for options:
Touch Insert smiley: Add a text emoticon to the message. Add text: Select text from S Memo, Calendar, Contacts or Text templates to add. View contact: Display the addressed contacts information. Preview: View the message and attachments before sending. Add to Contacts: If the recipients are not saved in Contacts, save the info as a new contact, or update an existing contact. Add slide/Remove slide: Add or remove a slide. Slides hold pictures or other media, and adding a slide converts the message to MMS. Add subject: Add a subject field (converts the message to MMS.) Duration: Set the length of time the media on the slide displays. Layout: Choose whether the message text appears above (Text on top) of the attachment(s), or after (Text on bottom). Priority level: Set the urgency of the message. Discard: Erase the message without sending it. 5. Touch to send the message. Messaging 70 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Managing Messages Messages you send and receive to the same contact, number or address are grouped together as a thread, so you can see all the messages you exchanged with a recipient in one place, like a conversation. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Message threads display by contact, number, or Messaging. address. While viewing message threads, you have these options:
Touch and hold a thread to choose options, including:
View Contact / Add to Contacts: View the contact record, or save the sender/recipients information. Delete thread: Erase the entire message thread. Save messages: Save the message to Menu for options, including:
Touch Search: Enter characters to search messages and recipients. Delete threads: Choose message threads to erase. Draft messages: View messages youve created but not yet sent. Locked messages: View messages youve locked. Locked messages cannot be deleted. 71 Save messages: Save messages to storage. Settings: Configure Messaging settings. About: View information about Messaging. Message Settings Configure settings for message storage, delivery, or alerts. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch Menu, then touch Settings for options:
Messaging.
Display:
Bubble style: Choose the appearance of messages in a message thread. Touch a bubble style for each side of the conversation, then touch Save. Background style: Choose the appearance of the screen behind message threads. Touch a style, then touch Save. Split view: When enabled, messages display in a split screen view when the device is in landscape orientation. Use the volume key: When enabled, you can change the size of message text while viewing by pressing the Volume Key.
General settings:
Restore messages: Restore messages saved to an optional memory card back to the Messaging app. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Delete old messages: When enabled, messages are automatically erased when storage reaches default limits. When disabled, the device will prompt you to delete old messages to make room. Text message limit: Set the number of SMS messages per conversation. Multimedia message limit: Set the number of MMS messages per thread. Text templates: Text templates are phrases that you can add to your messages. Use a pre-loaded text template, or create your own. Roaming auto-retrieve: When enabled, MMS messages download and display automatically when roaming. When disabled, the device prompts you to download new MMS messages. MMS alert: When enabled, your device alerts you when a message changes from SMS to MMS, such as when you attach a picture. Group conversations: When you enter multiple recipients, the message is considered a group message. When this option is enabled, replies to the original message are sent to all recipients.
Text message (SMS) settings:
Notification settings:
Delivery reports: When enabled, you receive a delivery report Notifications: When enabled, message alerts display in the for text messages you send. Manage SIM card messages: View and manage messages youve stored on an installed SIM card.
Multimedia message (MMS) settings:
Status bar. Select ringtone: Choose a sound for message alerts. Vibrate: Configure vibration for message alerts. Message alert repetition: Choose the frequency of alerts for Delivery reports: When enabled, you receive a delivery report new messages. for multimedia messages you send. Auto-retrieve: When enabled, MMS messages download automatically. When disabled, the device prompts for download. Preview message: When enabled, a preview of new messages appears in the Status bar with the message notification. Messaging 72 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Emergency message settings:
Signature settings Emergency Alerts: This device is designed to receive Wireless Add signature: When enabled, a text signature is added to all Emergency Alerts from the Commercial Mobile Alert Service
(CMAS), including Presidential Alerts, Imminent Alerts (Severe or Extreme), and AMBER Alerts (missing persons). You may choose not to receive Imminent and AMBER alerts, but Presidential Alerts cannot be disabled. All alerts are enabled by default
(checkmark shown). For more information about Emergency Alerts see Emergency Alerts on page 74. Emergency notification preview: Listen to an example of a Emergency Alert tone (and vibration, if enabled). The Emergency Alert tone plays at the same volume as your call ringtone. Vibrate: Configure vibration for Emergency Alerts. Alert reminder: Choose whether, and at what interval, your device plays a sound to notify you of an Emergency Alert after the Emergency Alert tone has stopped. messages you send. Signature text: Enter a text signature to add to messages when Add signature is enabled (available when Add signature is enabled).
Callback number Enable callback number: When enabled, a telephone number is included in messages you send. Callback number: Enter a telephone number to add to messages when Enable callback number is enabled (available when Enable callback number is enabled). 73 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Emergency Alerts This device is designed to receive Wireless Emergency Alerts from the Commercial Mobile Alert Service (CMAS). Emergency Alerts are geographically-targeted, and alert customers of imminent threats to their safety within their area. There is no charge for receiving an Emergency Alert. There are three types of Emergency Alerts:
Presidential Imminent (Severe or Extreme) AMBER Alerts (missing person alert) Customers may choose not to receive Imminent Alerts and AMBER Alerts. Presidential Alerts can not be disabled. To disable Imminent Threat Alerts (Extreme and Severe) and AMBER Alerts, follow these instructions:
1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch Alerts. Menu, then touch Settings Emergency Messaging. 3. All alerts are enabled by default (checkmark showing). To disable alerts, touch an alert to remove the checkmark. Email Send and receive email using popular email services. Setting Up Email Accounts You can configure Email for most accounts in just a few steps. 1. From the Home screen, select Apps Email. 2. The first time you set up an email account, select your email provider. or For subsequent accounts, touch Menu Settings
, then select your email provider. 3. Follow the prompts to set up your email account. Note: For more information on setting up your email, visit the Smartphone Resource Center at:
https://smartphones.verizonwireless.com Messaging 74 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Deleting Email Accounts 1. From the Home screen, select Apps Email Settings Use settings to configure handling of your email. Email. 2. Touch 3. Select email account(s) for deletion, then touch Menu Settings
. DELETE. Syncing Email Accounts Syncing refreshes your device with the accounts servers. When you set up an email account, you can choose whether the account syncs in the background, or manually. Apps From the Home screen, select Email Sync. 75 Note: Available settings depend on the email provider. 1. From the Home screen, select Apps Email. Menu Settings General preferences for 2. Touch options:
Auto-advance: Choose the screen to display after you delete a message.
Message preview line: Choose the number of lines of email text to display in the preview screen.
Email title: Choose how emails are titled in the preview screen.
Confirm deletions: When enabled, Email will prompt you to confirm when you delete messages.
Quick responses: View and manage text phrases that you can insert into emails.
Split view mode: When enabled, emails display in a split screen view when the device is in landscape orientation.
Priority senders: Enter email addresses, to have emails from the addresses treated as a priority. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Email notifications: Enable or disable display of notifications for new emails in the Status bar. Composing and Sending Email 1. From the Home screen, select Apps
Select ringtone: Choose a sound to play with new email Email. notifications. 2.
Vibrate: Enable or disable vibration to play with new email notifications. 3. Touch an account to configure specific settings. Available options depend on the account. If you have multiple accounts set up, choose an account from the menu at the top of the screen. COMPOSE, then touch fields to enter 3. Touch recipients and the email text. 4. While composing a message, use these options:
Touch Menu for options. Available options depend on the type of email account.
Touch Attach to add a file to the message. Available options depend on the type of email account. Send to send the message. 5. Touch Messaging 76 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Gmail Send and receive emails via Gmail, Googles web-based email. From the Home screen, select Apps Gmail. Setting Up Your Gmail Account The first time you launch Gmail, your device will prompt you to set up your Google account, if you havent already set it up. If you set up your Google account on your device, Gmail is set up automatically 1. From the Home screen, select Apps Gmail. 2. Follow the prompts to sign in, or create a new account. 3. The device communicates with the Google server to set up your account and synchronize your email. Note: You can use more than one Google account on your device. To add another account, use the Settings ADD ACCOUNT option. Menu 77 Refreshing Your Gmail Account Syncing refreshes your device with the accounts servers. When you set up an email account, you can choose whether the account syncs in the background, or manually. Apps From the Home screen, select Sync. Gmail Gmail Settings Use settings to configure your Gmail preferences. Apps 1. From the Home screen, select Gmail. 2. Touch Menu Settings for options. Composing and Sending Gmail 1. From the Home screen, select Apps Gmail. 2. Touch Compose, then touch fields to compose the message. While composing, touch options. Menu for 3. To send the message, touch Send. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Voicemail All unanswered calls to your device are sent to voice mail, even if your device is turned off, so youll want to set up your voice mail and personal greeting as soon as you activate your device. Visual Voice Mail is a feature that allows you to review your voicemails on your device, including the option to listen to your voicemail in any order. There is a monthly charge for Visual Voice Mail, and airtime charges may apply. For more information, contact Verizon Wireless. Setting up Voicemail 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Voice Mail. or From the Home screen, touch and hold
. Phone, then touch 2. Follow the automated instructions to set up your password and record a greeting. Checking Voicemail 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Voice Mail. or From the Home screen, touch hold
.
, then touch and 2. Follow the automated instructions to manage voicemail. Clearing Voicemail Notifications When you have new voicemail, your device alerts you by displaying an icon in the Status bar, and, depending on your settings, by playing sound and vibration. If you want to remove the icon from the Status bar, use the Clear notifications option. From the Home screen, touch Apps Voice Mail Clear notifications. Messaging 78 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Google Talk Chat with other Google Talk users. Note: Talk requires that you have a Google account set up on your device. For more information, see Setting Up Your Accounts on page 44. If you set up your Google account, you are automatically logged in. From the Home screen, select Apps Talk. 79 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 6: Applications Managing Applications Apps displays all applications installed on your device, including apps you download and install. You can change the way apps appear on the screen, uninstall apps youve downloaded, and share apps with friends. When you install new apps, new screens are added to hold them. Tip: You can place shortcuts to apps on the Home screen, for quick access to the application. For more information, see Shortcuts on page 38. Downloading and Installing Apps Find new apps to download and install on your device:
Play Store: For more information, see Play Store on page 102. S Suggest: For more information, see S Suggest on page 103. Uninstalling Apps You can uninstall apps you download and install. Pre-loaded apps cannot be uninstalled. 1. From the Home screen, touch Menu Uninstall. 2. Touch 3. Apps that can be uninstalled show Apps. on their icon.
, then follow the prompts to uninstall the Touch app. Pre-loaded apps cannot be uninstalled. Applications 80 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Customizing the Apps Screens Choosing a view By default, app icons appear in Grid view. You can change the view to list view. 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch 3. Choose an option:
Apps. Menu, then touch View type.
Customizable Grid: The default view, which allows you to touch and hold on apps to move them from screen to screen.
Alphabetical grid: Icons are arranged in a grid, in A-Z order.
Alphabetical list: Icons display in a list, sorted from A-Z. Apps screen options 1. From the Home screen, touch 2. Touch Menu for options:
Apps.
Play Store: Launch Google Play Store, to browse for new apps to download.
Edit: Touch and hold an app icon for these options:
Drag it to a new location. Drag it to Drag it to to create a new folder to contain the icon. to create a new apps screen and place the icon on it. 81 Drag it to to launch Application manager to view information about the app. For more information, see Application manager on page 174. Drag to
(if available) to remove the icon. The trashcan is only available for apps youve installed. Pre-loaded apps cannot be removed.
Create folder: Create a new folder to contain apps.
Uninstall: Remove an app that you downloaded from your device. Preloaded apps cannot be uninstalled.
Downloaded applications: Display all apps youve downloaded.
View type: Configure the apps screen.
Share apps: Select apps youve downloaded (not available for pre-loaded apps) to share via Bluetooth, Email, Gmail, Google+, Messaging, S Note, or Wi-Fi Direct.
Hide applications/Show hidden applications: Control whether app icons are visible in Apps. Hiding an icon does not remove the app from your device. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Action Memo The S Pen and inventive Action Memo let you quickly access the information you need, while using any application. You can keep a memo always nearby by pinning it to the screen. Link your short notes to applications like Phone, Contacts, Messages and so on. For more information, refer to S Pen on page 39. Creating a New Memo 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Samsung Action Memo. The action Memo screen is displayed. 2. Tap an existing Memo to open it then tap the screen to enter edit mode. or Tap
(Create) to create a new action memo. 3. Use the on-screen options to create your memo. 4. Tap Save to store the new memo. The icons that you see displayed on the screen are described in the following table:
Allows you to add free-format drawing and change the input color. Allows you to erase marks and drawings. Circle an on-screen text or drawing to then assign that as an action item to an available application such as:
Call, Contacts, Messages, Email, Internet, Maps Calendar event. Displays additional functions. Allows you to edit the current color. Detaches the current memo and converts it in a small popup box. Reduces the number of on-screen options. Closes the current session and save the action memo. Cancels the current memo. Applications 82 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Bloomberg+
This application provide access to the latest business news and data, no matter where you are. 1. From the Home screen, tap Galaxy Plus Apps Bloomberg+. 2. Follow the on-screen instructions. Saves the current memo and creates a new one. Add an additional page to the memo. 5. From within the main application screen select the following functions:
Search: allows you to search for information within existing memos.
Create: allows you to create a new memo.
Delete: allows you to delete an existing memo. Amazon
???
Amazon Kindle
???
Amazon MP3
???
Appstore
???
Audible
???
83 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Calculator Using this feature allows you to use your device as a calculator. The calculator provides the basic arithmetic functions; addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division. You can also use this as a scientific calculator. Apps 1. From the Home screen, tap Samsung Calculator. 2. Enter the first number using the numeric keys. 3. Enter the operation for your calculation by tapping the Plus, Minus, Multiplication, or Division key. 4. Enter the next number. 5. To view the result, tap the = (equals) key. 6. Repeat steps 1 to 4 as many times as required. Note: Place the screen in Landscape mode to reveal additional scientific functions. Calendar With this feature, you can consult the calendar by day, week, or month, create events, and set an alarm to act as a reminder. Google Calendar is built into the phone and synchronizes both new and existing entries between your phone and your online Google account. Important! You should previously add an account (Facebook, Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync, or Google) prior to using the Calendar. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Calendar. The following tabs are available on the right side of the display:
Year: displays the Year view.
Month: displays the Month view.
Week: displays the Week view.
Day: displays the Day view.
List: displays the events in a List view.
Task: allows you to search for tasks. Applications 84 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 2. Tap Create event to create a new Calendar event. or Tap Today to display the current date indicated by a blue box, then press following options:
Go to: displays a specific date.
Delete: allows you to delete All events, All events before today, and select one of the or an individual event.
Search: allows you to search within your current events.
Calendars: allows you to view the current Calendar accounts.
Settings: displays a list of configurable settings. Creating a Calendar Event 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Calendar. 2. Within the Year, Month, Week, and Day tabs, Create event to create a new Calendar event. Enabling the Handwriting mode 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Calendar. 2. Tap Enable Handwriting to edit the on-screen Calendar by adding hand-written information. 3. Use the following functions:
Allows you to add free-format drawing. Allows you to erase marks and drawings. Undo the last action. Redo the last action that was undone. Exits the current action and returns to the Calendar application. Saves the current updates. 85 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Calendar Settings Using the Calendar settings you can select the day with which you want the calendar o begin. You also select how you want to view the calendar, by Month, Week, or Day or determine how to manage events, notifications, sounds, and defaults reminders. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Press 3. Tap View styles and select an option. Settings. Apps
.
Tap Month view styles and select an option.
Tap Week view and select a type. 4. Tap First day of week and select either Locale default, Saturday, Sunday or Monday. 5. Tap Badge and select either None, Number of events and tasks, Number of events today, or Number of tasks today. 6. Tap Hide declined events to activate this option. A check mark indicates selection. 7. Tap Lock time zone (to lock event time based on your current user-selected time zone). Select a time zone from within the Select time zone field. 8. Tap Show week number to display the week numbers along the side of the week entries. 9. Tap Hide completed tasks to activate this option. A check mark indicates selection. 10. Tap Weather to activate this option. A check mark indicates selection. 11. Tap Set alerts & notifications to adjust the event notification method. Choose from: Alert, Status bar notification, and Off. 12. Tap Select ringtone to assign a ringtone to a calendar event notification. 13. Tap Vibration to assign a vibration notification to this event. 14. Tap Quick responses to edit your default quick responses for outbound emails. These are default responses similar to those used by text templates. Caller Name ID
???
Applications 86 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 3. If you have an existing Chrome account, tap Sign in to bring your open tabs, bookmarks, and omnibox data from your computer to your phone, otherwise tap No thanks. 4. Follow the on-screen instructions to use Google Chrome. Camera Use your 13.0 XX?? megapixel camera feature to produce photos in a JPEG format. The Camcorder shoots High Definition video in an MP4 format. Note: A microSD card is no longer necessary before you take pictures or shoot video. It is recommended that you confirm your default storage location for images and videos. From the Home screen, tap Apps Camera. For more information, refer to Using the Camera on page 128. Chrome The Google Chrome app allows you to use the Google Chrome Web browser on your device. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Google Chrome. 2. Read the Google Chrome Terms of Service and tap Accept and Continue. 87 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Clock Here you can set an Alarm, configure and view the World clock, use a Stopwatch, set a Timer, or use a Desk Clock. The applications display in a tabular format and quickly accessed with the touch of a finger. From the Home screen, tap Apps Clock. Setting an Alarm 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Clock. Create alarm. 2. From the Alarm tab, tap 3. Use the arrow symbols to enter adjust the hour, and minutes, then tap AM or PM (toggles depending on which was last selected). 4. Tap the Alarm repeat field and touch the number of times you want this alarm to repeat. Selections are:
day blocks or Repeat weekly. Selected day blocks turn blue when active. 5. Tap the Alarm type field and select one of the following:
Melody, Vibration, Vibration and melody, or Briefing. 6. Tap the Alarm tone field and either select an available tone or select Add to use locate a sound to use as an alarm ringtone. Tap OK to activate the ringtone. 7. Slide the slider bar left or right in the Alarm volume field to decrease or increase the alarm volume. A sample of the volume level plays. 8. Move the Location alarm slider to the right to activate the feature, then follow the on-screen instructions to enter a location. When activated, the alarm only sounds when you are at a specific location. 9. Move the Snooze slider to the right to activate the feature. Tap the field to assign a Interval time
(3 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, or 30 minutes) and Repeat (1 time, 2 times, 3 times, 5 times, and 10 times).
Interval indicates the length of time the alarm will remain silent between alarm notifications (snooze time).
Repeat indicates the numbers of snooze sessions that are assigned to this alarm. How many times will the snooze silence the alarm. Applications 88 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 10. Move the Smart alarm slider to the right to activate this feature which slowly increases screen brightness and the volume of nature tones to simulate dawn breaking. Tap the field to assign a interval time (1 minute, 3 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, or 30 minutes) and nature tone (Fairy fountain, Birdsong by the lake, Sparkling mist, The secret forest, Serenity, or Gentle spring rain).
Interval category describes the length of time the alarm will remain silent between alarm notifications (snooze time).
Tone category provides one of several nature sounds that are used as the alarm tone. 11. Tap the Name field and enter a name for this Alarm. 12. Tap Save to store the new alarm event. 13. Touch and slide to any direction to stop an alarm when it sounds. Setting the Snooze Feature To activate the Snooze feature after an alarm sounds, to any direction. Snooze must touch and slide first be set in the alarm settings. Deleting an Existing Alarm 1. From within the Clock application, touch and hold an on-screen alarm event. 2. Tap Delete. World Clock This feature allows you to find out what time it is another part of world. 1. From within the Clock application, tap the World clock tab. 2. Tap Add city then scroll and select the desired city, or tap in the search field to locate a city. 89 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential To assign DST settings:
1. Locate a desired city from the World clock list. 2. Touch and hold a city and select DST settings. 3. Select a DST setting (Automatic, Off, or 1 hour). If Daylight Savings Time is selected, a sun symbol appears next to the World Clock city listing. Stopwatch This feature allows you to capture elapsed time while letting the stopwatch keep running. 1. From within the Clock application, tap Stopwatch tab. 2. Tap Start to start the stopwatch counter. 3. Tap Lap to begin the lap time counter. 4. Tap Stop to stop the counter. 5. Tap Restart to restart the lap counter. You can have multiple lap times. 6. Tap Reset to reset the counter. Setting a Timer 1. From within the Clock application, tap Timer tab. 2. Tap the Hours, Minutes, or Seconds field and use the on-screen keypad to enter the hour, minute, or seconds. The timer plays an alarm at the end of the countdown. 3. Tap Start to start the timer. 4. Tap Stop to stop the timer or Reset to reset the timer and start over. 5. Tap Restart to resume the timer counter. Contacts The default storage location for saving phone numbers to your Contacts List is your phones built-in memory. From the Home screen, tap Apps Contacts. For more information, refer to Contacts List on page 83. Applications 90 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Downloads Provides quick access to tabs containing a list of your current downloaded files (Internet and Other). 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Samsung Downloads. 2. Place a checkmark on an available file to select it. 3. Choose an available action such as Share, Delete, Sort by size/date, or Clear list. Email Email enables you to review and create email using most email services. The device alerts you when you receive an email message. From the Home screen, tap Apps Email. For more information, refer to Using Email on page 116. Evernote This application allows you to easily remind yourself of things across all of your current devices. Evernote lets you create to-do lists, take pictures, record voice memos, and write reminders to yourself. These notes are both accessible and searchable from any location that is accessible by your device. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Galaxy Plus Evernote. Note: If prompted for an update, follow the on-screen prompts. 2. Tap either CREATE ACCOUNT or SIGN IN and follow the on-screen instructions. 91 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Flipboard This application creates a personalized digital magazine out of everything being shared with you. Access news stories, personal feeds and other related material. Flip through your Facebook newsfeed, tweets from your Twitter account, photos from friends and much more. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Galaxy Plus Flipboard. 2. Follow the on-screen instructions. Gallery The Gallery is where you view photos and play back videos. For photos, you can also perform basic editing tasks, view a slideshow, set photos as wallpaper or caller image, and share as a picture message. From the Home screen, tap Apps Gallery. For more information, refer to The Gallery on page 147. Gmail Google Mail (Gmail) is a Web-based email service. Gmail is configured when you first set up your phone. Depending on your synchronization settings, Gmail can automatically synchronize with your Gmail account. Creating a New Google Account You should create a Google Account when you first use your device in order to fully utilize the functionality. This account provides access to several device features such as Gmail, Hangouts, and the Google Play Store applications. Before you are able to access Google applications, you must enter your account information. These applications sync between your device and your online Google account. Signing into Your Google Account 1. Launch an application that requires a Google account
(such as Play Store or Gmail). 2. Click Existing. 3. Tap the Email and Password fields and enter your information. 4. Tap
(Sign in). Your device communicates with the Google servers to confirm your information. Applications 92 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 5. If prompted, you can enable the option to stay up to date on news and offers, then tap OK. Google Use Google Search to search the Web. Creating an Additional Gmail Account Apps 1. From the Home screen, tap Gmail. Google 2. Press and then tap Settings ADD ACCOUNT and follow the same steps as referenced in the previous section. For more information, refer to Signing into Your Google Account on page 92. Retrieving your Google Account Password A Google account password is required for Google applications. If you misplace or forget your Google Account password, follow these instructions to retrieve it:
1. From your computer, use an Internet browser and navigate to http://google.com/accounts. 2. Click on the Cant access your account? link. 3. Follow the on-screen password recovery procedure. 93 From the Home screen, tap Apps Google Google and enter the search text. or Tap information. on the Google Search bar and say the search Google Settings As Google has become more intertwined with other applications, this menu provides a quick and ready access point to configure preferences for Google+, Maps & Latitude, Location, etc.. You can also use the Search function to initiate a Google Search from this menu. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Google on-screen option. Google Settings and select an 2. Select one of the available on-screen options. 3. Follow the on-screen prompts. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Google +
Google+ makes messaging and sharing with your friends a lot easier. You can set up Circles of friends, visit the Stream to get updates from your Circles, use Messenger for fast messaging with everyone in your Circles, or use Instant Upload to automatically upload videos and photos to your own private album on Google+. 1. Sign on to your Google account. 2. From the Home screen, tap Apps Google Google+. 3. Select the account you want to use to sign in to Google+. or Tap Add account to create another account. 4. Follow the on-screen instructions to use Google+. 5. Visit www.google.com/mobile/+/ for more information. Group Play This application lets you share documents, photos or music in real-time with other connected friends. Note: Group play is not the same as Screen mirroring which requires a connection to a Wi-Fi capable Samsung TV or via the use of the AllShare Cast Hub. For more information, refer to AllShare Cast Hub on page 148. Important! To share a Group Play, all users must be connected to the same Wi-Fi access point. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Samsung Group Play. 2. Read the on-screen Disclaimer information and tap Agree to continue. 3. Follow the on-screen tutorials. Applications 94 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 6. Have your friends sign onto Group Play from their devices (see below) and they can view your media using you as a Mobile AP. Joining a group A joiner is the participant of an already created group. You can only view and interact with media shared by the leader of an existing group. 1. Connect to an active Wireless Access Point and confirm your connection is this same Wi-Fi as the group leader. 2. From within the Group Play application, tap Join group. Your device then scans for available groups for you to join. 3. Select a group to join. Once connected, you can then select the shared content and interact with your groups shared media. 4. Press and select Help for additional information. Creating a group If you have media you want to share, create a group for other users to join to and then share/collaborate with what you are sharing. The creator of the group is the leader and it the source of the shared file. All other joined members can then interact with the file being shared. 1. Connect to an active Wireless Access Point and confirm your other participants are also connected to this same Wi-Fi. 2. From within the Group Play application, tap the Set group password field to enable the function which requires users to enter a password prior to connecting to your new group. 3. Tap Create group. If previously selected, enter your group password and tap OK. Mobile AP is enabled. 4. Tap one of the media items listed under the Share and play content heading. 5. Tap to select the items you want to share (indicated by a checkmark), then tap Done or OK. 95 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Using Group Play to Share Videos via Split Screens 1. Connect to an active Wireless Access Point and confirm your connection is this same Wi-Fi as the group leader. 2. From within the Group Play application, tap Create group. If previously selected, enter your group password and tap OK. 3. Before continuing, have all users launch their respective Group Play application and connect to your new group. Important! Once users begin to connect, you are notified by an on-screen pop up and the connected user indicator
(
users.
) displays the new number of connected 4. On your source device, tap Share video, select the desired video file Done. 5. As the video begins to play, all connected users must tap the Share video option within their Group Play. Note: Without users tapping the Share video option, the Sharing slider is disabled and the video only displays on the device. 6. At the source device, drag the enabled Split screen slider from a single screen session (
Multi-Screen setting (
multiple devices.
) to the
) to span videos across 7. Use the on-screen number on each participants screen to align the devices accordingly and display the same video over several different screens. Using Group Play to Simultaneously Share Music 1. Connect to an active Wireless Access Point and confirm your connection is this same Wi-Fi as the group leader. 2. From within the Group Play application, tap Create group. If previously selected, enter your group password and tap OK. 3. Before continuing, have all users launch their respective Group Play application and connect to your new group. Applications 96 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 4. On your source device, tap Share music, select the 2. When prompted, read the on-screen information and desired file Done. 5. As the song begins to play, all connected users must tap the Share music option within their Group Play. Hangouts Previously known as Google Talk, is an updated place to hangout, share photos, and even video calls. This is a free web-based application for instant messaging offered by Google. Conversation logs are automatically saved to a Chats area in your Gmail account. This allows you to search a chat log and store them in your Gmail accounts. Note: Before using this application, you must first have an active Gmail account available and be currently logged in. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Google Hangouts. Note: If you are not already logged into Google, refer to the instructions for signing in on page 92. confirm your phone number is correct before using the application. Tap Confirm. Note: Confirming your phone number does not make it publicly available. Help Provides access to built-in Help information. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Samsung Help. 2. Select an on-screen topics for more information:
New features: provides help on all of the new features and applications such as My Magazine, Air command, Chart Builder, Direct Pen input, Scrapbook, and S Finder.
Basics: provides basic information on using your device.
Applications: provides information on how to use basic applications like Contacts, Email, S Note, Internet, Camera, etc.
Settings: provides information on settings for Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Portable Wi-Fi hotspot, Ringtone, Power saving mode, NFC, Screen Mirroring, Voice control. 97 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential KNOX Samsung KNOX is a comprehensive enterprise mobile solution for use with both work and play. This application must be downloaded to the device before use. Apps 1. From the Home screen, tap Samsung KNOX. 2. Tap OK and follow the on-screen instructions.
Online help: provides more detailed online help for additional questions you may have. IMDb
???
Internet Open the browser to start surfing the Web. The browser is fully optimized and comes with advanced functionality to enhance the Internet browsing feature on your phone. Your device is equipped with a Google browser to navigate the mobile Web. This section explains how to navigate the browser and use the basic features. Accessing the Internet To access the Browser:
From the Home screen, tap Apps Samsung Internet. Applications 98 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Maps Google Maps allow you to track your current location, view real-time traffic issues, and view detailed destination directions. There is also a search tool included to help you locate places of interest or a specific address. You can view locations on a vector or aerial map, or you can view locations at the street level. Important! Before using Google Maps you must have an active data (3G/4G/LTE) or Wi-Fi connection. The Maps application does not cover every country or city. From the Home screen, tap Apps Maps. Important! For best results, it is recommended that you enable all of your location services. For more information, refer to Location Services on page 257. Local
??
1. From the Home screen, tap Apps
?? Local. 99 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Enabling a Location source Before you use Google Maps and find your location or search for places of interest, you must enable a location source. To enable the location source you must enable the wireless network, or enable the GPS satellites. Important! The more location determining functions are enabled, the more accurate the determination is of your position. 1. From the main Settings page, tap Connections tab Location services. 2. Tap Access to my location to enable sharing your location with requesting applications. 3. Tap Use GPS satellites to enable the GPS satellite. 4. Tap Use wireless networks to allow apps to use data from sources such as Wi-Fi and mobile networks to provide a better approximation of your current location. 5. Tap My places to enable the storage of your favorite locations. To receive better GPS signals, avoid using your device in the following conditions:
inside a building or between buildings in a tunnel or underground passage in poor weather around high-voltage or electromagnetic fields in a vehicle with tinted windows Opening Maps 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Maps. 2. Tap the upper-right My location button to find your location on the map with a blinking blue dot. 3. Locate the bottom row of the buttons to access additional options. Applications 100 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Messages This application allows you to use the Short Message Service
(SMS) to send and receive short text messages to and from other mobile phones. You can also use the Multi Media Service (MMS) to create multimedia messages to send and receive from other mobile phones. From the Home screen, tap Apps Messages. For more information, refer to Messages on page 102. Messenger Messenger allows you to bring groups of friends together into a simple group conversation. When you get a new conversation in Messenger, Google+ sends an update to your device. 1. Sign on to your Google account. 2. From the Home screen, tap Apps Google Messenger. or From the Google+ application, select Messenger. 3. Select the account you want to use to sign in to Google+. or Tap Add account to create another account. 4. When prompted, follow the on-screen procedures to configure the Sync contacts parameters. 5. When prompted, configure the photo backup parameters as desired and tap Done. 6. Tap from the upper-left of the screen and select from an available list of features such as: Find People, Communities, Hangouts, etc.. Mobile HotSpot Provides access to the Tethering and Mobile HotSpot menu where you can use either the USB tethering or portable HotSpot functionality. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Mobile HotSpot. 2. Activate the desired connection method. For more information see either "USB Tethering"on page 234 or "Mobile HotSpot"on page 235. 101 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Music The Music Player is an application that can play music files. The music player supports files with extensions AAC, AAC+, eAAC+, MP3, WMA, 3GP, MP4, and M4A. Launching the Music Player allows you to navigate through your music library, play songs, and create playlists (music files bigger than 300 KB are displayed). Playing Music 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Music. 2. Tap a library category tab to select the music category:
Songs, Playlists, Albums, Artists, Music square, or Folders. 3. Scroll through the list and tap an entry to begin playback. Note: The 5.1 channel sound effect works when earphones or sound is connected through the headset jack only. 4. Use any of the following Music player controls:
Pause the song. Start the song after pausing. Press and hold to rewind the song. Tap to go to previous song. Press and hold to fast-forward the song. Tap to go to next song. Volume control and SoundAlive. Volume control showing volume muted. Plays the entire song list once. Replays the current list when the list ends. Repeats the currently playing song. Shuffles the current list of songs randomly. Songs play in order and are not shuffled. Lists the current playlist songs. Returns the user to the music category screen. Assign the current song as a Favorite. Applications 102 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Streams the current music file to another device via Samsung Link. Making a Song a Phone Ringtone 1. From within the Music application, tap the Songs tab. 2. Touch and hold a song from the list to reveal the on-screen context menu. 3. Tap Set as Phone ringtone. 4. Choose a starting point for the ringtone to start playing from. Select either From the beginning or Auto recommendations (you can allow the application to choose the best part to start from). Note: Additional Set as options include Caller ringtone and Alarm tone. 103 Music Options The Music settings menu allows you to set preferences for the music player such as whether you want the music to play in the background, sound effects, and how the music menu displays. With the application displayed and playing a song, and select one of the following options:
press
Via Bluetooth: scans for devices and pairs with a Bluetooth headset.
Play via Group Play: allows you to share music with others via the Group Play application. All users must be connected to the same Wi-Fi. For more information, refer to Group Play on page 94.
Add to playlist: allows you to add the current music file to a selected playlist.
Set as: allows you to set the current song as a Phone ringtone, Caller ringtone, or Alarm tone. Additionally you can either choose to start the selected song from the beginning or allow the application to automatically recommend a start point.
Scan for nearby devices: allows you to look for DLNA -
compliant devices used to control streaming media. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Settings: allows you to change your music player settings.
Details: allows you to view media info such as Artist, Title, Album, Track length, Genre, Track number, Format, Size, and Location.
End: closes the application. Music Settings The settings menu allows you to set preferences for the music player such as whether you want the music to play in the background, sound effects, and how the music menu displays. 1. From within the Music application, press Settings. 2. Select one of the following settings:
Music menu: this menu allows you to select which categories you want to display. Choices are: Albums, Artists, Genres, Music square, Folders, Composers, Years, Most played, Recently played, or Recently added. Tap each item that you want to display in the Music menu.
SoundAlive: set a type of equalization such as Normal, Pop, Rock, Jazz, Dance, Classic, etc.
Adapt Sound: enable or disable the adaptive sound feature to adjust to the sound levels of your current environment.
Play speed: set the play speed anywhere between 0.5X and 2.0X using the slider.
Music auto off: when enabled, sets a timer for the Music application to automatically turn off after a pre-selected amount of time.
Lyrics: when activated, the lyrics of the song are displayed if available.
Smart volume: when activated, automatically adjusts each tracks volume to an equal level.
Voice control: when activated, allows you to use voice control commands to control the music player. Applications 104 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 4. Tap a music file, or tap Select all to add all the music tracks to this playlist then tap Done. Removing Music from a Playlist 1. From within the Music application, tap the Playlists tab. 2. Tap the playlist name in which to delete music. 3. Touch and hold a song to reveal the on-screen context menu. 4. Tap Remove. Using Playlists Playlists are used to assign music files into groups for playback. These Playlists can be created using the Music player on this device, or using a third-party application (such as Windows Media Player) and downloading those files to an SD card inserted into the device. Creating a Playlist 1. From within the Music application, tap the Playlists tab. 2. Press 3. Backspace over the default playlist title and type a new and then tap Create playlist. name for this playlist, then tap OK. Adding Music to a Playlist 1. From within the Music application, tap the Playlists tab. 2. Tap the playlist name in which to add music. 3. Tap Add music. This option is available within user-created playlists. Note: If a playlist is empty, add a song by touching a holding a song name from the main screen to open the context menu. Select Add to playlist and choose the playlist. 105 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Editing a Playlist Besides adding and removing music files in a playlist, you can also share, delete, or rename the playlist. Note: Only those playlist you have created can be edited. Default playlists can not be renamed. 1. From within the Music application, tap the Playlists tab. 2. Touch and hold a playlist entry to reveal the on-screen context menu. 3. Tap Edit title. 4. Enter a new name for this playlist and tap OK. Transferring Music Files Music files can be downloaded to the phone using one of two methods:
1. Downloaded to the device from the Play Store. Music files are directly stored on your phone. 2. Downloaded to the phone via a direct USB connection. Music files are stored into a Music folder on the SD card. Removing Music Files 1. From within the Music application, tap the Songs tab. 2. Touch and hold a song entry to reveal the on-screen context menu. 3. Tap Delete OK. The music file(s) is deleted. My Files This application allows you to manage your sounds, images, videos, bluetooth files, Android files, and other memory card data in one convenient location. This application allows you to launch a file if the associated application is already on your phone (ex: MP4). From the Home screen, tap Apps Samsung My Files. Note: Navigation in this viewer works on a hierarchy structure with folders, subfolders, etc. Note: The application lets you view supported image files and text files on both your internal storage and microSD card. Applications 106 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Opening and Navigating within Files DCIM is the default location for pictures or video taken by the device. These files are actually stored in the DCIM folder location. To open files:
1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Samsung My Files. 2. Tap a folder and scroll down or up until you locate your selected file.
Home tab
Up tab
Press allows you to back up to the root directory. allows you to back up into a higher directory. and then tap View as to change the way the files are displayed on-screen. Choose from: List, List and details, or Thumbnail.
Press for these additional options: Select all, Create folder, Sort by, Add shortcut, and Settings. 107 To navigate:
1. Tap All files Device storage/SD memory card to see the contents of either device or your internal SD card. 2. The following folders may display:
ShareShot: displays the files shared via a group share shot session.
Alarms: this folder contains any alarm files you may have.
Android: the Android folder stores files that are used in Android applications.
Application: this folder contains app info for S Note.
Bluetooth: this folder stores files sent via a Bluetooth device.
DCIM: this is the default location for pictures and videos taken by the device. Tap DCIM video files. Camera to view the picture or
Download: this folder contains downloads you have made.
Movies: this folder contains your Video and Movie files.
Music: this folder contains your Music files.
Notifications: this folder contains all of the notifications you have received.
Pictures: this folder contains your photos. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Ringtones: this folder contains any ringtones you have 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps purchased. Google Navigation. Note: Different folders may display depending on how your Caution! Traffic data is not real-time and directions may be phone is configured. wrong, dangerous, prohibited, or involve ferries. 3. Once you have located your file, tap the file name to launch the associated application. My Verizon Mobile
???
Navigation Google Maps Navigation (Beta) is an internet-connected turn-by-turn, GPS navigation system with voice guidance. Important! To receive better GPS signals, avoid using your device in the following conditions:
- inside a building or between buildings
- in a tunnel or underground passage
- in poor weather
- around high-voltage or electromagnetic fields
- in a vehicle with tinted windows 2. Read the on-screen disclaimer regarding the current release status of the Navigation app and tap Accept. For more information, refer to Enabling a Location source on page 100. PEN.UP This Samsung application allows you to join a an online community, fallow your favorite artists, show off your artwork, and connect with other artists. This community brings together anyone that uses the S Pen to draw, sketch, scribble or paint. Share pictures, comment on other creations, or just browse through the pages for something to add to your personal collection. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Samsung PEN.UP. 2. From the main screen tap either Sign up or Explore Pennable. Applications 108 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. Phone This application provides the ability to make or answering calls, access the Contacts list, which is used to store contact information. From the Home screen, tap Phone. For more information, refer to Call Functions and Contacts List on page 60. Play Books Formerly known as Google Books, this application allows you to read over 3 million ebooks on the go. Build your ebooks library in the cloud with Play Books: jump right into a bestseller or select from nearly 3 million free ebooks. Personalize the reader to your liking, pick up reading where you left off on your phone or computer, and settle down with a great book on your Android phone!
Note: You must logged into your Google account prior to using this feature. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Google Play Books. 2. If prompted, tap Turn sync on. This synchronizes your books you have previously selected between your Books account and your device. 3. Tap to begin searching for both free and paid ebooks. 4. Follow the on-screen prompts to download the ebook to your device. 109 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Play Magazines With Google Play Magazines, you can subscribe to your favorite magazines and have them available to read on your device at any time or any place. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Google Play Magazines. 2. Log on to your Google account if you have not already done so. For more information, refer to Signing into Your Google Account on page 92. 3. At the Welcome! display, tap the shop icon to browse the full catalog. 4. Read the Google Play Terms of Service and tap Accept. 5. Sweep the screen to the left or right to view Categories, Featured, Top Selling, and New Arrivals. 6. Tap a magazine to see more information and subscribe. 7. Follow the on-screen instructions to subscribe to a magazine. Play Movies & TV This application allows you to connect to the Play Store, download a movie and then watch it instantly. Choose from thousands of movies, including new releases and HD titles in the Play Store and stream them instantly on your Android device. Movies, previously rented via the Play Store are automatically added to your My Movies library across your devices. Learn more about Google Play Movies at:
http://play.google.com/about/movies. 1. From the Home screen, tap Google Apps Play Movies & TV. 2. Log on to your Google account if you have not already done so. A list of videos sorted on the SD card displays in the Video list. 3. Following the on-screen instructions for renting and viewing movies. 4. Tap the MOVIES tab to view movies you have rented. 5. Tap the TV SHOWS tab to view shows you have rented. 6. Tap the PERSONAL VIDEOS tab to view movies you have on your device or memory card. Applications 110 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential For more information on using the Picture-in-Picture feature for video playback, see Using Picture-In-Picture on page 129. Play Music Also known as Google Music, allows you to browse, shop, and playback songs purchased from the Play Store. The music you choose is automatically stored in your Google Music library and instantly ready to play or download. Access the new music tab from within your Play Store application. The Music application contains a music player that plays music and other audio files that you copy from your computer. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Google Play Music. The Music app searches both your online library and your devices internal storage for music and playlists;
this can take from a few seconds to several minutes, depending on the amount of new music added since you last opened the application. It then displays a carousel view of your new and recent music, organized by album. 111 2. If prompted, follow the on-screen instructions to link your current account to Google Play Music. 3. Tap an on-screen account to add it or select Add account to use a new account. 4. At the free songs screen, select either Get free songs or Skip.
Get free songs are downloaded via either the Internet or Play Store.
Follow the on-screen download and installation instructions. 5. Swipe left or right to browse through your new and available music. Music, albums, and artists are grouped into categories. 6. Tap an on-screen album to open it and begin playback. 7. Return to the Library screen from most other screens in the Music application by tapping the Music application icon left of the Application bar. Music notification icon at the top-
By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Play Store Formerly known as the Android Market, this application provides access to downloadable applications and games to install on your phone. The Play Store also allows you to provide feedback and comments about an application, or flag an application that might be incompatible with your phone. Before using the Play Store, you must have a Google Account. Accessing the Play Store 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Play Store. 2. If not already logged in with your Google account, tap Next. 3. Tap Existing and enter your Google account information. 4. Tap Accept to agree to the Play Store terms of service. Downloading a New Google Application To download a new application, you will need to use your Google account to sign in to the Play Store. The home page provides several ways to find applications. The home page features applications and includes a list of item applications by category, a list of games, a link to search, and a link to My apps. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps
(Play Store). 2. Browse through the categories, find an application you're interested in, and tap the name. 3. Read the application descriptions. Applications 112 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 7. On the main Play Store screen, press and then tap My Apps, tap an installed application in the list, and then tap Open. Note: A data plan is required to use this feature. Charges may apply. Please contact your service provider for further details. Important! If the selected application requires access to data or control of a function on your device, the Play Store displays the information the application will access. Tap OK if you agree to the conditions of the application. Once you tap OK on this screen you are responsible for using this application on the device and the amount of data it uses. Use this feature with caution. 4. Tap Install ACCEPT. Note: Use caution with applications which request access to any personal data, functions, or significant amounts of data usage times. 5. If prompted, follow the on-screen instructions to pay for the application. 6. Check the progress of the current download by opening the Notifications panel. The content download appears in the notification area of the status icon bar. 113 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Launching an Installed Google Application 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the newly installed application. This application is Apps. typically located on the last Applications page. Unknown sources This feature can be used for Android application development. The feature allows developers to install non-Play Store applications. From the main Settings page, tap General tab Security Unknown sources. Unknown sources displays a check mark to indicate it is active. Note: If Unknown sources is disabled, those applications without a certificate are not allowed to download to your device. Manage applications This feature allows you to manage and remove installed applications. You can also view the amount of memory or resources used as well as the remaining memory and resources for each of the applications on your device and clear the data, cache, or defaults. From the main Settings page, tap General tab Application manager. Clearing application cache and data 1. From the main Settings page, tap General tab Application manager. 2. Tap an application in which to clear the cache or data. 3. Tap Force stop, Uninstall, Clear data, Clear cache, or Clear defaults. Uninstalling third-party applications You can uninstall any application you downloaded and installed from the Play Store. 1. From the main Settings page, tap General tab Application manager Downloaded. 2. Tap the third-party application, and from the App info screen, tap Uninstall. Applications 114 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential POLARIS Office 5 Polaris Office Mobile for Android is a Microsoft Office compatible office suite. This application provides a central place for managing your documents online or offline. The application can also open Adobe PDF (Portable Document Format) files. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Galaxy Plus POLARIS Office 5. 2. From the Registration screen, enter your Email information (if desired) and tap Register to complete the process. or Tap Skip to ignore this registration. The main Polaris Office screen displays. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions to use Polaris Office. 115 S Health S Health is a wellness application that allows you to better manage your health by providing you with relevant information. Note: Access to this feature requires that you already be logged in to your Samsung account application. For more information, refer to Creating a Samsung Account on page 17. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Samsung S Health. 2. Read the introduction and tap Start. 3. Read the Terms and conditions information, place a checkmark in the Agree checkbox. 4. Tap Next. 5. Enter your personal information, then tap Next. 6. Follow the on-screen instructions to use S Health. and then tap Help for more detailed 7. Press information. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential S Note Use this application to create notes with productivity tools that turn handwriting into typed text and correct drawn shapes, lines, and formulas to make them perfect. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps S Note. 2. Tap Start and follow the on-screen instructions. S Translator Allows you can easily translate words and phrases (verbal or text messages) into many different languages. Note: Access to this feature requires that you already be logged in to your Samsung account application. For more information, refer to Creating a Samsung Account on page 17. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Samsung S Translator. 2. If prompted, follow the on-screen instructions to log into your Samsung account. To translate text:
1. At the S Translator screen, tap the top language bar to select your target/source language. Default is Spanish. 2. Tap the bottom language bar to select the destination language that you would like to translate to. Default is English (US). 3. Enter text into the top box and it will automatically be translated into the lower box. 4. Tap the selected Translate button within the bottom field. The top target language field is then updated with the new translation. To translate using your voice:
Important! The two on-screen buttons at the bottom of the application correspond to the two currently selected languages. 1. At the S Translator screen, tap the left voice button to verbally speak the selected language (corresponds to top field). Applications 116 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 2. Wait a few seconds until the on-screen notification shows Speak in... then speak using the selected language. 3. Within a few seconds, confirm the translated text now appears in the other translation field. 4. Tap the selected Speak button to translate using your selected input language and voice.
Example, if trying to speak in English and get a Spanish translation, tap the Speak (English (US)) button and wait for the text to display on-screen. 5. Press for additional options. Choose from:
TTS readout speed, Auto readout, and Help. S Voice Launches your phones built-in voice recognition system that allows you to initiate several common tasks without having to touch the device. This is a voice recognition application used to activate a wide variety of functions on your device. This is a natural language recognition application. This goes beyond the Google Search Voice Actions feature that simply recognizes Google commands and search terms. You can ask questions (Is it raining in Dallas?) or give voice commands (Show me where to find cheap gas). Apps From the Home screen, tap Samsung S Voice. Using S Voice 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Samsung S Voice. 2. Read the on-screen disclaimer information and tap Confirm to continue. 3. Review the Terms of Service and tap Agree to continue. 117 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 4. Navigate through the following on-screen tutorial screens by reading the information and tapping Next, or tap Skip to continue without reading the information. 5. Wake up the application by repeating the phrase Hi Galaxy. Samsung Apps Allows you to easily download an abundance of applications that are directly compatible with your device. This includes games, news, reference, social networking, navigation, and more. Samsung Apps makes your Smartphone smarter. Note: The wake-up command/phrase can be changed from Hi Galaxy to anything else. 6. Tap Speak if the device does not hear you or Note: Access to this feature requires that you already be logged in to your Samsung account application. For more information, refer to Creating a Samsung Account on page 17. to give it a command. Example 1:
I want to find the best pizza online.
Tap and say Find me the best Pizza. This launches an Internet search. Example 2:
I want to go to Cambridge.
Tap and say Navigate to Cambridge. This launches the Map application and indicates where this is in relation to your current position. 1. Confirm you are currently signed into your Samsung account. 2. From the Home screen, tap Apps Samsung Apps. 3. If prompted, read the Disclaimer, Terms and conditions, and Privacy policy and tap Accept. 4. Follow the on-screen instructions. Applications 118 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Samsung Hub Samsung Hub makes it easy to find, sample, and purchase movies, TV shows, books, games, and music, in one user-
friendly location. With hundreds of titles available, entertaining your family on-the-go has never been easier. You can rent or purchase your favorite content and watch from any location. Samsung Hub is your gateway to mobile entertainment. Note: Samsung Hub usage is based on service availability. You must have an active Samsung Account to purchase and rent content via Samsung Hub. Important! You must be using an active Wi-Fi/4G/LTE connection to preview and download a media file. The internal memory acts as a storage location for your downloaded rental or purchase. Creating a New Samsung Hub Account Before you can rent or buy media, you must first create an account. Enter the required information. 119 Important! The Samsung account manages the access information (username/password) to several applications, such as Samsung Link, Chat On, and Samsung Hub. 1. Confirm you have already logged in to your Samsung account. 2. From the Home screen, tap Apps Samsung Hub. 3. When prompted to connect via mobile networks, select 4. either Cancel or Connect. If notified your Samsung account is not yet active or verified, tap OK. You must be signed in to your Samsung account to use the applications various features. Tip: In some cases it might be necessary to sign in to your Samsung account via the application. Press and then select Sign in. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Note: Your Samsung Hub account is managed by the Samsung account application. This application manages your user profile information. Using Samsung Hub The main Samsung Hub screen provides an overview of all the available categories on one page such as: Music, Video, Books, and Games. The overview page also displays recently added media that you can rent or purchase. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Samsung Hub.
The OVERVIEW screen (landing page) displays an main access for all available categories and recently available content for purchase or rental. 2. Scroll across the screen to select from the following available pages:
MUSIC: displays featured Music content available for purchase/
stream from the Music store & Radio. This page also allows you to search for new content, or navigate directly to the Music store page by clicking on the "Music link at the top of the page.
VIDEO: displays featured film and TV content available for purchase/rent from the video store. This page also allows you to search for new content, or navigate directly to the Movie &
TV store page by clicking the "Video" link a the top of the page.
BOOKS: displays featured Book content available for purchase from the Book store. This page also allows you to search for new content, or navigate directly to the Book store page by clicking the "Books" link a the top of the page.
GAMES: displays featured Game content available from the Game store. This page also allows you to search for new content, or navigate directly to the Game store page by clicking the "Games" link a the top of the page. 3. To purchase or view featured content in more detail, tap on any content (Thumbnail or text) to navigate to the product detail page. 4. Depending on the content, you can either purchase, rent, or stream the content directly from the product detail page. 5. Choose a payment method, then follow the on-screen instructions. Applications 120 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Samsung Hub Notices Any media item (Media Content) may be rented or purchased after you create an account in Samsung Hub. Media Content that is purchased and downloaded may be viewed concurrently on up to five (5) devices with Samsung Hub (or the service) that are also registered to the same account. You may remove a device from your account no more than once every 90 days. You may remove Media Content from a device as many times as youd like. You will have the ability to re-download the Media Content later subject to content re-download availability and content provider permissions. You may need network coverage to access Media Content you have acquired through the Service. You can use 3G, 4G, or Wi-Fi connectivity to download Media Content. Unlike purchased Media Content, rented Media Content is viewable on only 1 device in your account at a time. Media Content is downloaded and saved to your authorized device's SD card. No SD Card included out of box. 121 Your Media Content may pause/stop or not download in networks where there is a weak signal. You may begin watching downloaded Media Content as soon as a) license acquisition has occurred and b) sufficient amount of the Media Content has been buffered. You must finish watching Media Content within the time limit set out for each piece of content (which may be as short as 24 consecutive hours).
Stopping, pausing or restarting rented Media Content does not extend the available viewing time.
In no event will rented Media Content be available for a period of more than thirty (30) days (or shorter on a title-by-title basis) after the Media Content has been rented (e.g., if you begin viewing rented Media Content on the 29th day after the rental transaction, but do not finish viewing the entire title, that rented Media Content may not be available for the entire twenty-four
(24) consecutive hour period if such period would extend the viewable time beyond the thirty (30) day rental window). Unless otherwise restricted by the Content Providers, you can download Media Content to your TV using HDMI connections;
otherwise, you cannot play Media Content downloaded from your mobile device output. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Samsung Link This application wirelessly synchronizes your Samsung mobile phone with your TV, streams content and even keeps tabs on who calls or sends text messages with real-time, on-screen monitoring. Samsungs Samsung Link makes staying connected easy. Allows users to share their in-device media content with other external devices using DLNA certified (Digital Living Network Alliance) Devices. These external devices must also be DLNA-compliant. Wi-Fi capability can be provided to TVs via a digital multimedia streamer. Important! The Samsung account manages the access information (username/password) to several applications, such as Samsung Link. AllShare/Samsung Link Definitions:
Samsung Link/
AllShare Play This new feature builds on the previous AllShare Play functionality. It includes features such as Web storage integration and social networking integration. This is a Web service that requires using a Samsung account. Group Play AllShare Cast
(with Hub accessory) A subset feature of Samsung Link, this allows you to mirror photos and multimedia presentations with other members of your current Wi-Fi group. Users must be on the same Wi-Fi and provide an access code to join the group. This feature functions with an external AllShareCast Hub to fully mirror what is currently displayed on your device to the external TV. Important! You must connect both of your communicating devices to the same Wi-Fi and use an active/registered Samsung account prior to using this application. For more information, refer to Wi-Fi settings on page 240. For more information, refer to Creating a Samsung Account on page 17. Applications 122 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 1. Confirm you have already logged in to your Samsung 7. Tap to reveal the DEVICES & STORAGE list, account. 2. From the Home screen, tap Samsung Apps Samsung Link. 3. If prompted with an on-screen notification about no Wi-Fi detected, tap Cancel (to continue by using your network connection) or Connect to continue. 4. Tap Sign in. 5. If prompted to log into your Samsung account, tap Sign in and follow the on-screen instructions. Note: If the main screen still shows a Sign in box, close the application and restart it. 6. Follow the on-screen prompts. scroll down the screen. The DEVICES & STORAGE list contains two separate streaming media options:
Registered devices allows you to stream/share selected multimedia content from your device to DLNA compliant device connected to the same Wireless Access Point.
Registered storage: allows you to receive and playback media stored externally (server, laptop, etc.) directly on your device by allowing you to add a Web storage service for streaming content. Configuring Samsung Link Settings The Samsung Link application must first be configured prior to its initial use. You must setup parameters such as connected Wi-Fi, Items to share, source server address, and external device acceptance rights. 1. From the Home screen, tap Samsung Apps Samsung Link. 2. Press and then tap Settings and configure the following settings as desired:
Registered storage: allows you to add a Web storage location. Without a storage service/location added, you cannot use Samsung Link. 123 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Save to: allows you to save your media to your internal phone memory or to an SD card.
Auto upload: allows you to enable automatic upload of images from your device to those storage locations specified within the Web storage list. Move the slider to the on position to activate the feature.
Video optimization: allows you to setup the video quality for streamed video content. Move the slider to the on position to activate the feature.
Password lock: allows you to restrict access to Samsung Link by requiring a user enter the currently active and associated Samsung account password. Move the slider to the on position to activate the feature.
My account: displays Samsung account information.
Customer support: allows you to contact the Samsung Link team via a new email from an available email account.
About this service: displays application information. Setting Up Web Storage Web storage services allow you to use storage space to store your files and share them on the Cloud. Note: If you are using another Web storage service, log into that service first before using Samsung Link. 1. From the Home screen, tap Samsung Apps Samsung Link. 2. Tap Add storage. Note: When adding storage, an N Drive is added. 3. Choose from: SugarSync, Dropbox, or SkyDrive. or Press Add storage. and then tap Settings Registered storage 4. Follow the on-screen instructions to register or log into your cloud service. 5. Once the process is successfully completed, the Web storage icon or name appears in the Web storage area of the main screen. Applications 124 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 6. From the main screen, select a connected device and then tap on the media that you would like to share.
A file with in the upper-left indicates it is stored remotely on a Web storage location. Selecting this media causes your device to access the file currently stored on your services servers. To de-register Web storage service:
1. From the Samsung Link application, press and then tap Settings Registered storage. 2. Select Delete Delete. 3. Select a current storage service and tap OK. 125 Sharing Media via Samsung Link to a Target Device Important! Make sure all communicating devices are connected to the same Wi-Fi. 1. Launch AllShare Play/Samsung Link on the target device (such as an Internet TV, Samsung Tablet, etc..). 2. From the Home screen, tap Samsung Apps Samsung Link. Note: You must be signed in to your Samsung Account before you can use this feature. 3. Tap and select your device name from the Registered devices area. 4. Tap an available category tab (Pictures, Music, Movies, Files, or Info) and select a file.
A file with in the upper-left indicates it is stored remotely on a Web storage location. Selecting this media causes your device to access the file currently stored on your services servers. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 5. Tap an available on-screen file, image, or video to place a green check mark alongside it. 6. Tap Stream to connected devices and select an available target device to begin streaming. 7. On a target device (ex: Internet TV) select the on-screen Allow button to continue. Note: At this stage your device is requesting access to share media with the external source. 8. Samsung Link Controller enabled Confirm appears in the Notification area at the top of the device to indicate you are using your device as the media source. Scrapbook This application allows you to combine documents, images, and music into a digital scrapbook. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Scrapbook. 2. Tap Start and follow the on-screen tutorials. Settings This icon navigates to the sound and phone settings for your phone. It includes such settings as: display, security, memory, and any extra settings associated with your phone. From the Home screen, tap Apps Settings. or From the Home screen press Settings. and then tap For more information, refer to Changing Your Settings on page 238. Setup Wizard
???
SketchBook for Galaxy This application allows you to explore your imagination through sketches using Autodesk SketchBook application and S Pen. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Galaxy Plus SketchBook for Galaxy. 2. Follow the on-screen tutorials. Applications 126 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 3. Follow the on-screen instructions to use TripAdvisor. 4. Press for additional options. Verizon Tones
???
Slacker
???
Story Album With Story Album, you can create a digital Album of your story in media. Special moments display on a timeline, and if you wish, you can have your album published as a hard copy. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Samsung Story Album. 2. Read the introductory information and tap Next. 3. Tap Start to begin your Story Album. 4. Follow the on-screen instructions. 5. Press and then tap Help for additional information. TripAdvisor With the TripAdvisor, you can plan and have your perfect trip. With over 75 million reviews and opinions by travelers, it is easy to find the best hotels, restaurants, and fun things to do. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Galaxy Plus TripAdvisor. 2. Sign in with your Samsung Account if you have not already done so. 127 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Video The Video player application plays video files stored locally. Using Video The Video application plays video files stored on the SD card. This device is able to playback DivX videos. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps
(Video). A list of available videos displays in the Video list. 2. Tap a video file to begin viewing. Sharing Videos 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps
(Video). After a few seconds, each on-screen video begins to cycle through a preview of the first five seconds of the clip. and then tap Share via. 2. Press 3. Select either individual videos or tap Select all. 4. Press and then tap Done to complete the process or Cancel to quit. 5. Select a sharing option. Choose from: Add to Dropbox, Bluetooth, ChatON, Email, Evernote - Create Note, Gmail, Google+, Messages, Picassa, S Note, Scrapbook, Wi-Fi Direct, or YouTube. Additional Video Features 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Video. 2. Press and then tap an available option:
Sort by: allows you to sort current videos by TItle, Date, Size, or Type.
View as: allows you to display the on-scren video images as either a List, Thumbnail, or Folders.
Share via: allows you to share a selected video with external sources.
Delete: allows you to delete selected videos.
Edit: allows you to edit a selected video file.
Auto play next: sllows you to play videos consecutively. Once a video ends, the next available video begins to play.
Information: provides on-screen information about the application. Applications 128 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Settings: allows you to configure application functions such as:
Default storage, Auto update apps, and About services.
Help: displays an on-screen set of application-related Help topics. Using Picture-In-Picture This feature can be used during playback of supported video types via either the Gallery, Play Videos, or Video player. Note: Some applications might not allow this video to remain active in the foreground (ex: Camera/Camcorder screen). This feature allows you to continue to view your video as a background operation while you multi-task and do other things, such as surf the Internet, access your Contacts list, look for a picture, etc.. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the desired video playback application. 3. Tap the desired video to begin playback. Apps. Note: The Picture-In-Picture feature only works when using the Video player application. Other video players (ex:
YouTube), do not support this feature. 4. As playback is initiated, locate and tap Picture-in-Picture from the bottom-right of the playback screen. Your current video is then sent to foreground of any new page and most application screens. 5. The video disappears from the screen once it ends. DivX Overview This device is able to playback DivX videos. DivX Certified to play DivX video up to HD 720p, including premium content. If you try to play DivX VOD content not authorized for your device, the message Authorization Error displays and your content does not play. Learn more at www.divx.com/vod. Your device must first be registered to playback protected or purchased DivX content. DRM-free or unprotected content does not required DivX VOD registration. 129 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Locating Your VOD Registration Number 1. From the main Settings page, tap More tab About device Legal information License settings DivX VOD Register. 2. Write down your Registration code. 3. Tap OK. Register Your DivX Device for VOD Playback of Purchased Movies To play purchased DivX movies on your device, you will first need to complete a one-time registration using both your device and your computer. 1. Write down the DivX registration code that appears on-screen. Copy this 8 or 10-digit number down. 2. Verify you have the latest DivX software running on your computer. Download the free player (for your computer) from www.divx.com. 3. Open the DivX Player on your computer and from within the VOD menu, select Register a DivX Certified Device.. 4. You are prompted to log in or create a DivX account if your account information has not already been saved in DivX Player. 5. Follow the instructions in DivX Player to enter the registration code from step 2 and create a device nickname (ex: Aaron or Aarons Device). 6. Select a location on your computer to download the DivX registration video with the same title as your device nickname (ex: Aaron.divx). 7. Follow the on-screen instructions to download the file and initiate the transfer process. You will need to place this video file onto your device and play it back. 8. Connect your device to the computer via USB and transfer this video. Applications 130 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Important! There is no special registration or configuration necessary to playback DRM-free DivX movies. Registration of your device is only required for playback of protected DivX material. Viewdini
???
Voicemail
???
9. From the Registration screen (Transfer), click Transfer Video now and select the location of the microSD card or USB (the device) as the target destination for the registration video (created in step 6) and click Start. or Locate the created file, copy and paste it into the new drive letter corresponding to your devices storage location. 10. From the Home screen, tap Apps Samsung My Files. 11. Locate your registration DivX video file and tap the file to play it. Once you play the registration file on your device, your registration is complete. 12. Return to the DivX VOD Manager screen (from within your computers DivX Player) and confirm both your computer and your new device appears in the list of registered DivX devices. 131 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Voice Recorder The Voice Recorder allows you to record an audio file up to one minute long and then immediately send it as a message. 1. From the Home screen, tap Samsung Apps Voice Recorder. 2. Following are the playback controls:
Record to record an audio file. Stop to stop recording. The file automatically saves to the Voice list. Pause to pause the recording of an audio file. Cancel to cancel the recording of an audio file. Bookmark to bookmark the current recording. List to display a list of current recordings. Recording quality to adjust the recording quality. Choose from: Normal or High quality recording. 3. From the Recorded files page, press and then select one of the following:
Share via and select a method in which to share this audio file. Selections are: Add to Dropbox, Bluetooth, ChatON, Email, Evernote - Create Note, Gmail, Messages, or Wi-Fi Direct. Refer to each specific section, depending on the method you selected to send this voice recording.
Delete: allows you to delete 1 or more voice recordings. Tap the recordings to delete and tap Delete.
Change category: allows you to assign the currently selected recording to a user-created category entry.
Sort by: allows you to sort the current list by either: Date (most recent), Date (oldest), Name, or Category.
Search: allows you to search for key terms within the existing list.
Manage categories: allows you to existing user-created category entries. Applications 132 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Settings: the following settings are available:
End: allows you to exit the application. Voice Search Launches the Google Now application that is used for voice to text Internet searching. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps Google Voice Search. 2. When prompted, speak into the built-in microphone. 3. Use the on-screen options to find a matching search term. VZ Navigator
???
VZ Security
???
Storage: allows you to choose where your recordings are saved. Select between Phone or memory card. Recording quality: allows you to set the recording quality to High or Normal. Contextual filename: (requires GPS tagging) allows you to adjust the filename based on contextual information such as your current GPS location. Default name: allows you to choose the name prefix for your recordings. For example, if your Default name is Voice, your recordings would be named Voice 001, Voice 002, Voice 003, etc. Noise reduction: allows you to activate/deactivate background noise suppression. Logo display: allows you to display a custom logo on the recording screen. Language: allows you to select an available language for use with the voice memos. Channel: allows you to assign recording mode to either Mono or Stereo. Skip interval: allows you to assign a skip length. 133 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential WatchON Important! Before initiating use, verify you have an active Internet connection available (either mobile network or Wi-Fi connection). Note: Before beginning your initial WatchON application setup, confirm your TV is turned off. Using WatchON For more information, refer to www.samsungwatchon.com. Initial Configuration 1. Sign into your Samsung account. 2. From the Home screen, tap Apps Samsung WatchON. Note: If you are not connected to an active Wi-Fi, you may be prompted to continue the set up process via a mobile network. Click Connect to proceed. 3. Select your desired country for your TV Guides source listing and tap Next. 4. Enter your current zip code and tap Done. This zip code must correspond to the location of your desired TV and set top box. 5. From the Find your TV service screen, select a service provider from the available channel listing. 6. From the Personalize screen, you can either follow the on-screen prompts to personalize your desired content or tap Skip to continue without customizing your content. 7. Read the on-screen Peel Disclaimer agreement and tap Agree to complete the set up process. Customizing Your Remote 1. From the top of the main screen, tap Remote Control Set Up Now. 2. From the Select your TV brand screen, tap your TVs manufacturer name.
If you have a brand of TV not listed or you are using a projector, select from one of the following two options. Choose from either Other TV Brands or I Have a Projector. Applications 134 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 3. Aim your device at the TV and tap Power to confirm the set up process completed successfully and the correct TV IR codes were selected. Note: The process of the initial TV activation can take up to 10 seconds. Please do not press the button again. 4. If the TV turned on, tap Yes, this code works. or If the TV did not turn on after tapping waiting 10 seconds, tap No, test next code or Send this code again. Power and 5. From the Select your channel source screen, select the entry that corresponds to your current channel control method:
Set-top Box: selected when changing channels is done via a receiver box. Channels are not changed via the TV remote but rather through the receiver/box.
My xxx TV: selected when a signal is fed directly into the TV and no box is used. Channels are changed directly on the TV by using the TV remote and not a boxs remote. 135 Note: Try matching your current channel selection method. 6. Select the Satellite Box Brand from the available list. For example, DirectTV.
If your brand does not display in the list, tap Show other brands and follow the on-screen instructions. Important! You must configure your set top box for IR communication with your device. If you do not select More Info.. below and follow the on-screen instructions you may not be able to properly use the application. 7. When prompted to Enable IR, tap More Info to learn how to configure your set top box to receive and respond to IR controls. 8. Only after completing the IR setup process and programming your box, press
(Back). Note: This IR programming of your set top box is a one-time process and once successful should not need repeating. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 9. If prompted to personalize your experience, follow the on-screen instructions. Using WatchON To change channels:
1. Sign into your Samsung account. 2. From the Home screen, tap Apps Samsung WatchON. 3. From the top of the main screen, tap
(Remote Control). This launches an on-screen set of remote control tabs. Choose from one of the following:
Easy remote: provides the most common used control features. Scroll down to view additional functions. 4. Tap the bottom of the screen to access additional remote tabs Choose from one of the following:
TV: provides access to control functions specific to your TV.
[Set top box]: displays customized control specific to your configured set top box. Ex: satellite dish remote control functions. 5. From the remote screen press and then
(Change Room) to choose from different tap receivers/boxes in different rooms. Ex: Living Room box, Bedroom box, etc.. 6. Press
(Back) to return to the main menu. Locating your favorite programming:
1. Sign into your Samsung account. 2. From the main WatchON screen, tap View to reveal available media categories. 3. Select an available category. Combined or Tap Channel Guide to display on your TV an on-screen listing of available set top box shows. For additional information on the WatchON application, press and then select Help. Applications 136 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential WatchOn Settings From the main WatchON screen, press and then select an available on-screen option:
Change Room: allows you to select a previously configured room.
Edit channels: allows you to add or remove channels from your custom list. Press and hold a channel number to update the channel entry.
Settings: provides access to the Samsung WatchON settings menu.
About: displays on-screen information about the application.
Help: displays on-screen help information. Personalize WatchON You can personalize your application to do things such as show content only from your selected media categories, or add an additional rooms set top box. To configure your Just for you settings:
The Just for you option displays available content matching your activated media categories. These categories can be configured during your initial set up or at any later time. 1. Sign into your Samsung account. 2. From the main WatchON screen, tap View Just for you. Combined 3. From the On TV tab, press and then select Settings. 4. Access parameters such as Basic info, Genres and Sports to then configure and enable those parameters you would like to show in the Just for you tab. 137 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential YouTube YouTube is a video sharing website on which users can upload and share videos, and view them in MPEG-4 format. From the Home screen, tap Apps YouTube. To add a new room:
Your device can be used to control boxes/receivers from several rooms. You could go from controlling your set top box in your living room and then move into your bedroom to do the same. 1. Sign into your Samsung account. 2. From the main WatchON screen, tap the On TV tab and then select Settings Add room. 3. Press 4. Name the new room and tap Next. 5. Enter your current zip code and tap Done. This zip code must correspond to the location of your desired TV and set top box. Follow the steps from page 134 to complete the process. Applications 138 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 7: Connections Wi-Fi Wi-Fi is a wireless networking technology that provides access to local area networks. Wi-Fi communication requires access to an existing Wi-Fi network. Wi-Fi networks can be Open (unsecured), or Secured (requiring you to provide login credentials). Your device supports the 802.11 a/b/g/n Wi-Fi protocols. Configuring Wi-Fi Settings Configure your devices Wi-Fi settings. For more information, see Wi-Fi Settings on page 153. Turning Wi-Fi On or Off Turn your devices Wi-Fi service on or off. When you turn Wi-
Fi service on, your device automatically searches for nearby available Wi-Fi networks. Tip: When you turn Wi-Fi service on, your device automatically searches for available networks and displays them. You can also turn Wi-Fi On or Off from Settings. 1. From the Home screen, sweep your finger downward 2. to display Notifications. If Wi-Fi is not already on, touch Wi-Fi Off to turn on Wi-Fi. or Touch Wireless network available to launch Wi-Fi settings, then touch Wi-Fi
. 139 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Scanning and Connecting to a Wi-Fi Network When you turn on Wi-Fi, your device searches for available Wi-Fi connections, then displays them. 1. From the Home screen, sweep your finger downward 2. to display Notifications. If Wi-Fi is not already on, touch Wi-Fi Off to turn on Wi-Fi. or Touch Wireless network available to launch Wi-Fi settings, then touch Wi-Fi
. 3. When your device completes a scan, touch a Wi-Fi network to connect. If the Wi-Fi network is open, you will be automatically connected. If the Wi-Fi network is secured, enter the password at the prompt to connect. Adding a Wi-Fi Network Manually 1. From the Home screen, sweep your finger downward 2. to display Notifications. If Wi-Fi is not already on, touch Wi-Fi Off to turn on Wi-Fi. or Touch Wireless network available to launch Wi-Fi settings, then touch Wi-Fi
. 3. On the pop-up Wi-Fi settings screen, touch Add Network (below the scanned networks), then enter these fields:
Network Name (SSID): Enter the name of the Wi-Fi network.
Security: Select the type of security used by the Wi-Fi network.
Password: If the network is secured, enter the password. 4. Touch Connect to save the settings and connect to the network now, or Save to save the network settings for future use. Connections 140 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Connecting to Wi-Fi Direct Devices 1. First, enable Wi-Fi Direct on your device. From the Home screen, touch More settings, then touch Wi-Fi Direct Menu, then select Settings
. 2. Enable Wi-Fi Direct on the other device(s). Consult the other devices documentation for more information. 3. On your device, touch Wi-Fi Direct to scan for the other 4. device(s). In the scanned list, touch a device to connect with it, or touch Multi-connect to connect to multiple devices (not all devices support multi-connect). 5. Follow the prompts on both devices to complete the connection. Wi-Fi Direct Wi-Fi Direct is a standard that allows devices to connect to each other directly via Wi-Fi, without a Wi-Fi network or hotspot, and without having to set up the connection. This type of connection is commonly called peer-to-peer. For example, your device can use Wi-Fi Direct to share photos, contacts and other content with other Wi-Fi Direct devices. Many of the apps on your device provide options for sharing via Wi-Fi Direct under Turning Wi-Fi Direct On or Off 1. From the Home screen, touch Menu, then select Menu. Settings More settings. 2. Touch Wi-Fi Direct to turn Wi-Fi Direct On or Off. 141 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Mobile Hotspot Use Mobile Hotspot to share your devices internet connection with a PC or other device through Wi-Fi, using your device as the mobile hotspot. Note: Mobile Hotspot may require a subscription to Mobile Hotspot/Mobile Broadband Connect service. Contact Verizon Wireless for more information. Turning Mobile Hotspot On or Off Activate your devices Mobile Hotspot application to allow other devices to use your devices internet connection. 1. From the Home screen, select Apps Mobile Hotspot. 2. Touch Mobile Hotspot Off. to turn the hotspot On or Mobile Hotspot consumes battery power and uses data service. While the Mobile Hotspot is active, your devices applications will use the Mobile Hotspot data allowance. Tip: By default, your devices mobile hotspot has no security applied, and any device can connect. For more information about configuring your mobile hotspot, see Configuring Mobile Hotspot on page 159. Configuring Mobile Hotspot Settings Configure your devices Mobile Hotspot settings, including your devices name and password, and set the visibility of your devices Wi-Fi hotspot. For more information, see Configuring Mobile Hotspot on page 159. Connections 142 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Connecting a Device via Mobile Hotspot Use the other devices Wi-Fi control to connect to your devices Mobile Hotspot. 1. Turn on Mobile Hotspot on your device. For more information, see Turning Mobile Hotspot On or Off on page 142. 2. Activate Wi-Fi on the device, using the devices Wi-Fi control. 3. Scan for Wi-Fi hotspots, and select your device from the list. To find your devices name, see Configuring Mobile Hotspot on page 159. 4. At the prompt, enter your devices Mobile Hotspot password. By default, the password is your devices telephone number. For more information, see Configuring Mobile Hotspot on page 159. Allowed Device List Control whether devices connect to your Mobile Hotspot with the Allowed device list. After you add devices to the list, they can scan for your device and connect using your devices mobile hotspot name and password. Note: Using your device as a mobile hotspot consumes battery power and uses data service. While Mobile Hotspot is active, your devices applications will use the Mobile Hotspot data service. Roaming while using your device as a mobile hotspot will incur extra data charges. 1. From the Home screen, select Apps Mobile Hotspot. 2. Touch Allowed devices, then touch the button at the top of the screen to enter the other devices Device name and MAC address. 3. Touch OK to add the device to the Allowed devices list. 143 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Bluetooth Note: For Hearing Aid Compatibility Information, see page 226. Bluetooth is a short-range wireless communications technology for exchanging information over a distance of about 30 feet. You dont need to line up the devices to send information with Bluetooth. If the devices are in range, you can exchange information between them, even if they are in different rooms. Your device can use Bluetooth to share photos, contacts and other content with other Bluetooth devices. Many of the apps on your device provide options for sharing via Bluetooth under Configuring Bluetooth Settings Configure your devices Bluetooth settings. For more information, see Bluetooth settings on page 156. Menu. Note: Bluetooth profiles are specifications for services supported by individual devices. For a list of profiles your device supports, see Bluetooth profiles on page 155. Turning Bluetooth On or Off 1. From the Home screen, touch Menu, then select Settings. 2. Touch Bluetooth to turn Bluetooth On or Off. Tip: You can also turn Bluetooth On or Off on Notifications. From almost any unlocked screen, sweep your finger down from the Status bar to display Notifications. Pairing with a Bluetooth Device Search for a Bluetooth device and pair with it, to exchange information between your device and the target device. After pairing, your device and the target device will recognize each other and exchange information without a passcode or PIN. Note: When paired, the Bluetooth paired icon displays in the Status Bar. If you receive a new request for pairing while paired with a Bluetooth headset, a new Bluetooth icon displays at the left of the Status bar and Notifications displays the pairing request. Connections 144 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 1. From the Home screen, touch Menu, then select Settings Bluetooth. 2. Touch Bluetooth to turn Bluetooth On. 3. Activate the target devices discoverable mode. 4. Touch Scan. 5. From the list of scanned devices, touch the target VPN You can use your devices VPN (Virtual Private Network) feature to connect to VPNs. Configuring VPN Settings Configure your devices VPN settings. For more information, see Nearby devices on page 162. device, then follow the prompts to complete the pairing:
If the target device requires a PIN, enter a PIN for the target device and touch OK. When prompted, enter the PIN on the target device.
If the device allows automatic or smart pairing, your device will attempt to pair with the device automatically. Follow the prompts on your device and the target device to complete the pairing. Note: You must enable at least Pattern security before setting up a VPN. If you have not yet enabled security, youll be prompted to do so the first time you launch VPN settings. Adding a VPN 1. From the Home screen, touch Menu, then select Settings More settings VPN. 2. Touch Add VPN network to set up a connection to a VPN. Available settings depend on the type of VPN. 145 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Tethering Use Tethering to share your devices internet connection with a computer that connects to your device via USB cable, or by Bluetooth. Touch Help under Tethering settings to view information about tethering, and for links to more information. Note: Mobile Broadband Connect may require a subscription to Mobile Hotspot/Mobile Broadband Connect service. Contact Verizon Wireless for more information. Mobile Hotspot consumes battery power and uses data service. While the Mobile Hotspot is active, your devices applications will use the Mobile Hotspot data allowance. Mobile Broadband Connect Use Mobile Broadband Connect to share your devices network connection with a computer that connects to your device via USB cable. 1. From the Home screen, touch Menu, then select Settings More settings Tethering. 2. Connect the other device to your device via USB cable. 3. Touch Mobile Broadband connect to turn tethering On or Off. Bluetooth tethering Before starting, pair your computer with your device, then configure your computer to obtain its network connection via Bluetooth. 1. From the Home screen, touch Menu, then select Settings More settings Tethering. 2. Connect the other device to your device via USB cable. 3. Touch Bluetooth tethering to turn tethering On or Off. Important! Tethering consumes battery power and increases your data usage. Roaming while using tethering will incur extra data charges. Connections 146 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential NFC and Beaming Use NFC (Near Field Communication) to share information between your device and another NFC device by beaming, typically by touching the devices together back-to-back. Your device uses NFC for the S Beam feature. NFC must be turned on to use S Beam. 1. From the Home screen, touch Menu, then select Settings More settings. 2. Touch NFC to turn NFC On or Off. Note: NFC must be turned on to use S Beam. S Beam Share more and share it faster with S Beam. From photos to documents, large video files to maps, you can share almost anything instantly with one touch, simply by placing your devices back-to-back. S Beam uses your devices NFC (Near Field Communication) feature to send, or beam, content to other NFC and Wi-Fi Direct devices, by holding the devices close together. S Beam works in the background. Use the sharing options from your favorite apps to select content to share via S Beam. For example, you can beam pictures or videos from Gallery, or songs from Music player. Just bring the devices together (typically back-to-back), then tap the screen. 1. From the Home screen, touch Menu, then select Settings More settings. 2. Touch NFC to turn NFC On. NFC must be turned On to use S Beam. 3. Touch S Beam, then touch to turn S Beam On or Off. Note: If you turn on S Beam, NFC is automatically turned On. 147 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Nearby devices Share files with nearby devices using DLNA (Digital Living Network Alliance) standards, over Wi-Fi. To share with nearby devices, you must connect to a Wi-Fi network. The devices you wish to share files with must also be connected to the same Wi-Fi network and must support DLNA. Important! Use care when enabling file sharing for nearby devices. When enabled, other devices can access data on your device. Turning File sharing On or Off 1. From the Home screen, touch Menu, then select Settings More settings Nearby Devices. 2. Touch File sharing to turn sharing On or Off. Configuring File Sharing 1. From the Home screen, touch Menu, then select Settings More settings Nearby Devices. 2. Under Advanced, touch options to control how content is shared from your device:
Shared contents: Choose the type of content to share, from Videos, Photos, or Music.
Device name: View or modify your devices name.
Allowed devices list: View and manage devices allowed to connect to your device.
Not-allowed devices list: View and manage devices restricted from connecting to your device.
Download to: Choose a location to save downloaded content, from USB storage (device memory) or SD card.
Upload from other devices: Choose how to handle incoming files from other devices, from Always accept, Always ask, or Always reject. Connections 148 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Connecting to a Computer Connect your device to a computer to transfer data between your device and the computer. Use the USB cable that comes with your device, or use one of the pre-loaded apps on your device to connect wirelessly. Transferring Data Connect your device to a computer, via USB cable, to transfer data as a Media device using MTP (Media Transfer Protocol), or as a Camera using PTP (Photo Transfer Protocol). 1. Attach your device to the computer with a USB data cable. Your device recognizes the connection as the last connection method you used, and displays a connection alert in the Status bar and Notifications. 2. From the Home screen, sweep your finger downward to display Notifications, then touch the alert. 3. Select a connection method:
Media device (MTP): Transfer media files with Windows, or using Android file transfer on a Mac (see www.android.com/
filetransfer).
Camera (PTP): Transfer photos using camera software, and transfer files to computers that do not support MTP. 149 4. On your computer, choose a method for accessing your device. Available options depend on the programs installed on your computer. 5. Transfer files to the memory card. When finished, you can disconnect the USB cable. Kies air Manage content saved on your device via your desktop or mobile browser using Wi-Fi technology. The pre-loaded Kies air app connects via Wi-Fi to the Kies application, which you can install on your computer. For more information, visit: www. samsung.com/us/kies Note: To sync your device to a PC, it is highly recommended that you install Samsung Kies, which is available at http://www.samsung.com/kies (for Windows/Mac). Note: If you are a Windows XP user, ensure that you have Windows XP Service Pack 3 or higher installed on your computer. Also, ensure that you have Samsung Kies 2.0 or Windows Media Player 10 or higher installed on your computer. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Mounting and Unmounting a Memory Card Mounting a memory card establishes the connection between your device and the card, to prepare for saving files to the memory card. In most cases, the device mounts the card automatically when you install it, and displays the memory card status on Notifications. Before removing the card, use the Mount/Unmount setting to unmount, it to prevent damage to data stored on the card. 1. From the Home screen, touch Menu, then select Settings Storage. 2. Touch Unmount SD card, then follow the prompts. Memory Card Your device supports removable microSD or microSDHC memory cards of up to 64GB capacity, for storage of music, pictures, videos, and other files. By default, files that you download, or that you create with your device, such as pictures and videos you capture with Camera, are stored to your devices memory. For more storage capacity, you can set the memory card as the primary storage location for apps with the apps options. For more information about viewing memory usage for the memory card, see SD card on page 173. Installing and Removing a Memory Card For more information about installing and removing a memory card, see Memory Card on page 15. Important! To prevent damage to data stored on the memory card, unmount the card before removing it from the device. Connections 150 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Formatting a Memory Card Use the Format SD card setting to remove all data from an installed memory card. Important! Data cannot be recovered after formatting. 1. From the Home screen, touch Menu, then select Settings Storage. 2. Touch Format SD card, then follow the prompts to confirm the deletion of data from the card. 151 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 8: Settings Accessing Settings From the Home screen Apps Settings. Touch or Touch Menu, then select Settings. From Notifications Touch and drag down from the top of the screen to display notifications, then touch
. Wireless and network Airplane mode When airplane mode is enabled, all your devices wireless connections are disabled, and you cannot make or receive calls or messages or connect to networks. While in airplane mode, you can use other features of your device, such as playing music, watching videos, or other applications. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings. 2. Touch Airplane mode to enable or disable airplane mode. Note: Airplane mode can also be controlled from Notifications, and from Device options when you press and hold the Power/Lock Key. Settings 152 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Device Wi-Fi Set up and manage your devices connections to Wi-Fi networks. Your device supports Wi-Fi a/b/g/n. For more information about using Wi-Fi, see Wi-Fi on page 139. Turning Wi-Fi On or Off Turn your devices Wi-Fi service on or off. When you turn Wi-
Fi service on, your device automatically searches for available Wi-Fi networks. Tip: You can also turn Wi-Fi On or Off from Notifications. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings. 2. Touch Wi-Fi to turn Wi-Fi On or Off. Wi-Fi Settings Set up and manage wireless access points. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Wi-Fi. 2. Touch Wi-Fi to turn Wi-Fi On. Wi-Fi must be turned on to configure settings. 3. Touch settings to configure:
Notify me: When enabled, your device notifies you of Wi-Fi networks when you launch a high data-usage application.
Add Wi-Fi Network: Connect to a new Wi-Fi network. For more information, see Adding a Wi-Fi Network Manually on page 140.
Scan: Search for available Wi-Fi networks.
Wi-Fi Direct: Configure Wi-Fi Direct. 153 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Other Wi-Fi settings 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Wi-Fi. 2. Touch Menu for additional settings:
Advanced:
Auto-connect: When enabled, your device will automatically connect to known Wi-Fi networks when you launch a high data-
usage application, even if Wi-Fi is turned off. A known Wi-Fi network is one that you previously added. Keep Wi-Fi on during sleep: Specify when to switch from Wi-Fi to mobile data for data communications, when the device goes to sleep (when the backlight goes out). This setting can affect your data usage, and the behavior of devices you connect to your device, such as when tethering or using Mobile Hotspot. Check for Internet service: When enabled, your device will check for Wi-Fi Internet service when connected to a Wi-Fi access point. MAC address: (Not configurable) View your devices MAC address, needed for connecting to some secured networks. IP address: (Not configurable) View your devices IP address.
Manage networks: View and manage your saved Wi-Fi networks. Touch a network to connect to it, or to forget or modify its settings.
WPS push button: Set up a connection to a WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup) router or equipment.
WPS PIN entry: View the PIN used by your device to set up a PIN-secured connection to a Wi-Fi router. Settings 154 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Wi-Fi Direct Wi-Fi Direct allows devices to connect to each other directly via Wi-Fi, without a Wi-Fi network or hotspot, and without having to set up the connection. For example, your device can use Wi-Fi Direct to share photos, contacts and other content with other Wi-Fi Direct devices. For more information, see Wi-Fi Direct on page 141. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Wi-Fi. 2. Touch Wi-Fi Direct at the bottom of the screen. Your device automatically scans for nearby Wi-Fi Direct devices, or you can touch Scan to start scanning. 3. After scanning for devices, select a device, then follow the prompts to complete the connection. or Touch Multi-connect to create a connection to devices that support multi-connect. Touch Scan to search for available multi-connect devices, then select the devices and follow the prompts to complete the connection. Bluetooth Your device supports Bluetooth 4.0. Bluetooth profiles Bluetooth profiles are specifications for services supported by individual devices. Profiles improve the ability of different devices to work together. Your device supports these Bluetooth profiles:
Headset: HSP v1.2 profile supports use of compatible Bluetooth headsets for mono voice. Handsfree: HFP v1.5 profile supports Bluetooth headsets, and may also support other compatible Bluetooth devices with speakerphone capabilities. Serial Port: SPP profile supports connections as a serial port. Stereo: A2DP v1.2, AVRCP v1.3, GAVDP 1.0, AVCTP 1.3 and AVDTP 1.2 profiles support delivery of stereo audio to compatible Bluetooth devices. Object Exchange: OPP v1.0 profile allows sending and receiving of contact name cards (vCard 2.1) and calendar events
(vCalendar) between devices. PBAP v1.2 supports exchange of Phone Book Objects. 155 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Human Interface Devices: HID v1.0 profile supports certain interface devices. Personal Area Network: PAN 1.0 supports exchange of data with other devices. Message Access Profile: MAP 1.0 allows exchange of SMS messages between devices, such as with an automotive hands-
free device. Note: This device does not support all Bluetooth profiles. For vehicle/accessory compatibility, visit www.verizonwireless.com/bluetoothchart. Turning Bluetooth On or Off 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings. Bluetooth settings Pair with other Bluetooth devices, manage your Bluetooth connections, and control your devices visibility to other devices. Note: Bluetooth must be turned On to access Bluetooth settings. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Bluetooth. 2. Touch a setting to configure Bluetooth:
to turn Bluetooth On or Off.
Touch
Touch your devices name to control its visibility to other devices Bluetooth searches. Available when Bluetooth is turned On.
Touch a paired device to connect to it, or touch beside the 2. Touch Bluetooth to turn Bluetooth On or Off. device to change its settings. Tip: You can also turn Bluetooth On or Off at Notifications.
Touch Scan to search for visible Bluetooth devices. After searching, touch a device to pair with it. For more information, see Pairing with a Bluetooth Device on page 144. Settings 156 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Data usage Monitor data usage, control your devices connection to mobile data service. Note: Data usage is measured by your device, and your service provider may account for usage differently, so consider using a conservative limit. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Data usage. 2. Configure options:
Mobile data: Turn Mobile data On or Off. You can also control Mobile Data at Notifications.
Limit mobile data usage: When enabled, your mobile data connection will be disabled when the specified limit is reached. After enabling the setting, drag the red limit line on the graph below to set the data usage limit.
Alert me about data usage: When enabled, your device will alert you when mobile data usage reaches the warning limit you set. After enabling the setting, drag the orange warning line on the graph below to set the data usage warning limit. 157 Data usage options 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Data usage. 2. Touch Menu to set options:
Data roaming: Turn data roaming On or Off. When roaming, your device connects to networks outside your home network, depending on your providers agreements with other providers. Using data while roaming can incur extra charges, depending on your plan. For more information, contact Verizon Wireless.
Restrict background data: Your device can connect to the network in the background, for synchronization or other services. When enabled, background connections will not occur.
Auto sync data: When enabled, your device will synchronize with accounts automatically, at any time.
Show Wi-Fi usage: When turned On, a separate tab displays data usage while connected to Wi-Fi.
Mobile hotspots: Select Wi-Fi networks that are mobile hotspots. You can restrict apps from using these networks, and you can configure apps to warn you before using these networks for large downloads. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential More Wireless and Network Settings Mobile networks Set options for network selection and data service. Important! Depending on your service plan, changes you make to mobile networks settings may incur extra charges. Consult Verizon Wireless for information. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings More settings Mobile networks. 2. Set these options:
Mobile data: Enable or disable your devices connection to the mobile data network. You can also control this setting at Notifications with the Mobile data toggle.
Global Data Roaming Access: Enable or disable connection to data services when your device is roaming on another network.
Roaming: (Not configurable) Current roaming status.
Signal strength: (Not configurable) Current signal strength.
Network mode: Choose a preferred network mode.
Access Point Names: Configure wireless network access.
Network operators: Configure network operators. Mobile Hotspot Use Mobile Hotspot to share your devices internet connection with other devices, through Wi-Fi. You can connect up to 5 other devices in 3G, or 10 in 4G. You can control whether devices connect to your Mobile Hotspot with the Allowed device list. For more information about using your device as a mobile hotspot, see Mobile Hotspot on page 142. You can also Mobile Hotspot app. access Mobile Hotspot with the Note: Mobile Hotspot may require a subscription to Mobile Hotspot/Mobile Broadband Connect service. For more information, contact Verizon Wireless. Using your device as a mobile hotspot consumes battery power and uses data service. While Mobile Hotspot is active, your devices applications will use the Mobile Hotspot data service. Roaming while using your device as a mobile hotspot will incur extra data charges. Settings 158 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Turning Mobile Hotspot On or Off 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings. Configuring Mobile Hotspot 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings Mobile Hotspot. Apps 2. Touch Mobile Hotspot to turn Mobile Hotspot 2. Touch Configure for these options:
On or Off. Note: Using your device as a mobile hotspot consumes battery power and uses data service. While Mobile Hotspot is active, your devices applications will use the Mobile Hotspot data service. Roaming while using your device as a mobile hotspot will incur extra data charges.
Network SSID: View and change the name of your mobile hotspot.
Hide my device: When enabled, your mobile hotspot is not visible to other Wi-Fi devices during a scan. Other devices can still connect to your mobile hotspot, but will have to set up the connection manually with your Network SSID and Password.
Security: Choose the security level for your Mobile Hotspot.
Password: If you choose a security level that uses a password, enter the password. By default, the password is your mobile telephone number.
Show password: Enable to make the Password field visible.
Show advanced options: Enable to access advanced options, including Broadcast channel, to specify the channel your device uses for Mobile Hotspot. 159 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Allowed Devices Control whether devices connect to your Mobile Hotspot with the Allowed devices list. After you add devices to the list, they can scan for your device and connect using your devices mobile hotspot name and password. Note: Using your device as a mobile hotspot consumes battery power and uses data service. While Mobile Hotspot is active, your devices applications will use the Mobile Hotspot data service. Roaming while using your device as a mobile hotspot will incur extra data charges. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Mobile Hotspot Allowed devices. 2. Touch
, then enter the other devices Device name and MAC address. 3. Touch to add the device to the Allowed devices list. Tethering Use Tethering to share your devices internet connection with a computer that connects to your device via USB cable, or by Bluetooth. For more information about connecting computers to your device via Tethering, see Tethering on page 146. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings More settings Tethering. 2. Choose a tethering method:
Mobile Broadband Connect: Connect the computer to the device via USB cable, then touch Mobile Broadband Connect to turn tethering On or Off.
Bluetooth tethering: Pair your device with the computer via Bluetooth. Consult the computers documentation for more information about configuring your computer to pair via Bluetooth. Touch Bluetooth Tethering to turn tethering On or Off. Tip: For information about connecting to your Mobile Hotspot, Note: Using Mobile Broadband Connect tethering requires a see Connecting a Device via Mobile Hotspot on page 143. subscription to Mobile Hotspot/Mobile Broadband Connect service. For more information, contact Verizon Wireless. Settings 160 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential NFC Use NFC (Near Field Communication) to share information between your device and another NFC device by touching the devices together, typically back-to-back. For more information about sharing information with NFC, see NFC and Beaming on page 147. 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings More settings. Apps 2. Touch NFC to turn NFC On or Off. VPN Set up and manage Virtual Private Networks (VPNs). For more information about using VPNs, see VPN on page 145. Note: You must enable screen security before setting up a VPN. For information about screen security, see Screen lock on page 177. Adding a VPN 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings More settings VPN. 2. Touch Add VPN network to set up a connection to a VPN, using the following settings:
Name: Enter a name for the VPN connection.
Type: Choose the type of VPN.
Server address: Enter the IP address of the VPN server.
PPP encryption (MPPE): Touch to enable or disable encryption.
Show advanced options: Touch to show more options. Available options depend on the type of VPN you are adding. 161 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential S Beam S Beam uses your devices NFC (Near Field Communication) to send, or beam, content to other NFC and Wi-Fi Direct devices, by holding the devices close together. S Beam works in the background. Use the sharing options from your favorite apps to select content to share via S Beam. For example, you can beam pictures or videos from Gallery, songs from Music player, notes from S Note, and more. Just bring the devices together (typically back-to-
back), then tap your screen. 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings More settings. Apps 2. Touch S Beam to turn S Beam On or Off. Nearby devices Share files with devices using DLNA (Digital Living Network Alliance) standards, over Wi-Fi. To Nearby devices, you must connect to the same Wi-Fi network as the devices you which to share with, and the other devices must support DLNA. For more information about connecting to Wi-Fi, see Wi-Fi on page 153. Important! Use care when enabling file sharing for devices. When enabled, other devices can access data on your device. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings More settings Nearby devices. 2. Touch File sharing to enable or disable file sharing. 3. Under Advanced, touch options to control how content is shared from your device:
Shared contents: Choose the type of content to share, from Videos, Photos, or Music.
Device name: View or modify your devices name. Settings 162 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Allowed devices list: View and manage devices allowed to connect to your device.
Not-allowed devices list: View and manage devices restricted from connecting to your device.
Download to: Choose a location to save downloaded content, from USB storage (device memory) or optional installed SD card
(not included).
Upload from other devices: Choose how to handle incoming files from other devices, from Always accept, Always ask, or Always reject. AllShare Cast With AllShare Cast, you can wirelessly share your phones screen with Wi-Fi-enabled TVs using the optional AllShare Cast Hub accessory (not included). 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings More settings AllShare Cast. 2. Touch AllShare Cast to turn the feature On or Off. Note: For information about connecting to a device, touch Help. 163 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Device Home screen mode Your phone offers two Home screen modes:
Starter mode provides an easier experience for the first-time smartphone user. Standard mode provides a conventional layout for apps and widgets on the Home screen. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Home screen mode. 2. Choose a mode from the pulldown menu, then touch Apply. Sound Volume Set the system volume level, and set default volume for call ringtones, notifications, and media playback. Note: You can also set System volume from the Home screen by pressing the Volume Key. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Sound Volume. 2. Touch and drag the sliders for:
Music, video, games, and other media: Set the default volume level for audio playback. You can also adjust volume from this default inside the apps.
Ringtone: Set the volume for incoming call ringtones.
Notifications: Set the volume for notifications, such as new messages and event reminders.
System: Set the volume for all other system sounds, such as keytones played for screen touches. You can control whether tones play for screen touches with other sound settings. 3. Touch to save your settings. Settings 164 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Device ringtone Choose a ringtone for incoming calls. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Sound Device ringtone. 2. Touch a ringtone to select it. As you touch ringtones, a sample plays, unless you have Mute or Vibrate mode enabled. 3. Touch to save your settings. Tip: You can also set songs as ringtones for all calls, or for a selected contact. For more information, see Setting a Song as a Ringtone on page 99. Vibration intensity Set the level for vibration to accompany ringtones and notifications. 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings Sound Apps Vibration intensity. 2. Touch and drag the sliders for:
Incoming call: Set the vibration level for incoming call ringtones.
Notification: Set the vibration level for notifications, such as new messages and event reminders.
Haptic feedback: Set the vibration level vibrations to accompany screen touches. 3. Touch to save your settings. 165 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Device vibration Choose a vibration pattern to use when vibration is enabled. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Sound Device vibration. 2. Touch a pattern to select it. As you touch patterns, a sample plays. 3. To create your own pattern, touch Create. Touch Tap to create in the pattern, then touch Stop. Touch Save to save your pattern. 4. Touch to save your settings. Default notifications Choose a default sound to play for notifications, such as for new messages and event reminders. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Sound Default notifications. 2. Touch a sound to select it. As you touch sounds, a sample plays. 3. Touch to save your settings. Tip: You can also set songs as ringtones. For more information, see Setting a Song as a Ringtone on page 99. Sound and vibration When enabled, vibration is played at the same time as sounds for calls and alerts. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Sound Sound and vibration. 2. Touch Sound and vibration to turn the feature On or Off. Settings 166 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Keytones Keytones are sounds that play when you touch keys on the Phone keypad. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Haptic feedback When turned On, the device vibrates to indicate screen touches and other interactions. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Sound. Settings Sound. 2. Touch Keytones to turn key sounds On or Off. 2. Touch Haptic feedback to turn touch vibrations On or Touch sounds Touch sounds play when you touch items on the screen, such as when making a selection. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Sound. 2. Touch Touch sounds to turn sounds On or Off. Screen lock sound Screen lock sound plays when you lock or unlock the screen. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Sound. 2. Touch Screen lock sounds to turn sounds On or Off. Off. Emergency tone You can choose to have a tone play, or have your phone vibrate, periodically during an emergency call. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Sound Emergency tone. 2. Select Off, Alert, or Vibrate. 167 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Display Wallpaper Customize the background of the Home and Lock screens. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Display Wallpaper. 2. Select a screen, from Home screen, Lock screen, or Home and lock screens. 3. Select a source for wallpaper, from Gallery, Live wallpaper, or Wallpapers. 4. Follow the prompts to set the picture or wallpaper. LED Indicator The LED indicator on the front of the device displays when the device is locked, to notify you of status changes and events. Use LED indicator settings to configure how the LED functions. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Display LED Indicator. 2. Select options:
Charging: When turned On, the LED glows red during charging, and green when the battery is fully charged.
Low battery: When turned On, the LED blinks red to indicate Note: You can also set Wallpaper by touching and holding on low battery charge. the Home screen.
Missed event: When turned on, the LED blinks orange to show that you have missed calls, new messages, or application events. Settings 168 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Multi window When enabled, Multi Window allows you to use multiple apps on the same screen, in multiple, resizable windows. For more information about Multi window, see Multi Window on page 31. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Display. 2. Touch Multi window to enable or disable the feature. Tip: You can also enable or disable Multi window from Notifications. Sweep your finger down from the top of the screen to display Notifications, then touch Multi window. Page buddy Enable Page buddy to have selected Page buddies automatically appear on the Home screen when you use S Pen, or optional accessories such as earphones or a dock, or while you are roaming. Page buddies give you information about using the connected accessory, and offer apps at the bottom of the screen you might like to use with the accessory. An icon will appear in the Home screen page indicator, to let you know a Page buddy is active. Apps 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings Display. 2. Touch Page buddy 3. Touch Page buddy, then select page buddies. to turn the feature On or Off. Tip: For more information about page buddies, touch Page buddy help. 169 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Screen mode Choose a screen mode to match your type of viewing. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Display. 2. Touch Screen mode, then select a mode. Brightness Set the default screen brightness. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Display Brightness. 2. Drag the slider to set the brightness, or touch Automatic brightness to allow the device to adjust brightness in response to light conditions. 3. Touch to save the setting. Auto-rotate screen When enabled, the screens orientation automatically changes when you rotate the device. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Display. 2. Touch Auto-rotate screen to turn the feature On or Off. Tip: You can also control Auto-rotate from Notifications with the Screen rotation setting. Screen timeout Set the length of delay between the last key press or screen touch and the automatic screen timeout (dim and lock). 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Display Screen timeout. 2. Touch a setting to select it. Settings 170 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Font size Set the font size for screen displays. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Display Font size. 2. Select a font size. Touch key light duration Set the length of time the Menu and Back Keys remain lit after you touch them. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Display Touch key light duration. 2. Choose a time period, or Always off or Always on. Smart rotation When enabled, your device automatically adjusts or disables automatic screen rotation to allow for the position of your face and the device. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Display. 2. Touch Smart rotation to enable or disable the setting. Smart stay When enabled, your device automatically disables the screen timeout to keep the screen on as long as you are looking at it. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Display. 2. Touch Smart stay to enable or disable the setting. Font style Set the font for screen displays. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Display Font style. 2. Select a font, or touch Get fonts online to browse and download a new font. 171 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Display battery percentage When On, the batterys charge level displays in the Status bar next to the Battery icon. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Display. 2. Touch Display battery percentage to turn the setting On or Off. Auto adjust screen tone When turned On, your device automatically analyzes the screen and adjusts the brightness to conserve battery power. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Display. 2. Touch Auto adjust screen tone to turn the feature On or Off. Storage Manage the use of memory resources in your devices Device memory, and on an installed memory card. Device memory View usage for your devices internal memory. Note: This setting cannot be configured. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Storage. 2. Under Device memory, view memory usage for various categories. Touch a category for more information. Settings 172 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential SD card 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Storage. Power saving mode Configure Power saving mode settings to conserve battery power. 2. Under SD card, view memory usage for various 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps categories. Touch a category for more information. 3. Touch Unmount SD card to prepare the memory card for safe removal or formatting. For more information, see Removing a Memory Card on page 15. 4. Touch Format SD card to permanently remove all content from an installed memory card. Settings Power saving mode. 2. Touch Power saving mode to turn the setting On or Off. The setting must be On to configure options. 3. Touch Power saving mode to configure options:
CPU power saving: When enabled, the devices maximum performance is limited. This does not affect normal usage, such as browsing and video playback.
Screen power saving: When enabled, the screen uses reduced frame refresh rate and lower brightness.
Background color: When enabled, the background uses lower brightness in Email and Internet.
Turn off Haptic feedback: When enabled, Haptic feedback is turned off, and no vibration plays when you touch the screen.
Learn about power saving: View details about Power saving options. 173 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Battery See whats using battery power. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Battery. 2. View battery usage for applications and services currently running. Touch an item for more information, or to configure options for managing power use. Application manager You can download and install applications from the Google Play Store or S Suggest, or create applications using the Android SDK and install them on your device. Use Application manager to manage applications on your device. Warning! Because this device can be configured with system software not provided by or supported by Google or any other company, end-users operate these devices at their own risk. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Application manager. 2. Touch Downloaded, Running, or All to view the status of applications and services. Touch an app or service for more information, and for app options, such as stopping or uninstalling. Settings 174 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential E911 E911 location service is standard on all mobile phones, to allow sharing of your GPS location with emergency personnel when you make a call to emergency services (such as 911). This setting is not configurable. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Location services E911. Personal Location services Location services control your device's use of GPS signals. Some apps may require one or more location services be turned On for full app functionality. GPS signals may be affected by your surroundings, including:
Buildings Tunnels or underground structures Weather conditions High-voltage or electromagnetic fields Tinted windows Important! Verizon Wireless values your privacy. Because of this, your device is defaulted to only acquire your location when you dial 911. To use Location-Based Services, you must first enable location services on your device. 175 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential VZW location services Enable or disable location service from Verizon Wireless. Standalone GPS services Enable or disable location service from GPS satellites. Note: VZW location services must be enabled to use some Note: Standalone location services must be enabled to use applications. Important! By selecting VZW location services, you are enabling Verizon Wireless and third-party authenticated and validated location services to access certain location information available through this device and/or the network. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Location services. 2. Touch VZW location services to enable or disable Verizon Wireless location services. some applications. You can also enable or disable Standalone GPS services with the GPS setting on Notifications. For more information, refer to Notifications on page 33. Important! By selecting Standalone GPS services, you are allowing access to all location information by any third party through web access or any software or peripheral components you choose to install, download, add, or attach to the device or any other means. Enabling this functionality could pose certain risks to users of this device. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Location services. 2. Touch Standalone GPS services to enable or disable Standalone GPS services. Settings 176 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Google location services Enable or disable location services from Google location services. Note: Google location services must be enabled to use some applications. Important! By selecting Google location services, you are allowing Googles location service to collect anonymous location data. Some data may be stored on your device. Collection may occur even when no apps are running. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Location services. 2. Touch Google location services to enable or disable Google location services. 177 Lock screen Choose settings for unlocking your device. For more information about using the lock and unlock features, see Securing Your Device on page 16. Screen lock 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings Lock screen. 2. Touch Screen lock for settings:
Apps
Swipe: When enabled, you unlock the device by swiping your finger across the screen. This is the default screen lock, and offers no security, but you can set special lock screen options;
see Lock screen on page 177.
Motion: When enabled, you unlock the device by touching and holding on the screen and tilting the device forward. Touch the option for more information and a demonstration of the motion. This screen lock offers no security, but you can set special lock screen options; see Lock screen on page 177.
Face unlock: When enabled, you unlock the device by looking at the screen. This option offers low security, because someone who looks similar to you could unlock your device. Touch the option for more information, and to set up Face unlock. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential With swipe lock When you have Face, Face and voice, Pattern, PIN, or Password screen locks enabled, you may choose to have your device prompt you to swipe the screen before attempting to unlock the screen. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Lock screen. 2. Touch With swipe lock to enable or disable the option. Note: The With swipe lock setting is only available if you have set one of the screen locks listed above.
Face and voice: When enabled, you unlock the device by looking at the screen and speaking. This option offers low security, because someone who looks and/or sounds similar to you could unlock your device. Touch the option for more information, and to set up Face and voice unlock.
Pattern: When enabled, you draw a pattern, which you create, on the screen to unlock the device. Touch the option, then follow the prompts to create or change your screen unlock pattern.
PIN: When enabled, you enter a numeric PIN (Personal Identification Number), which you create, to unlock the device. with PIN screen lock, you can also set the With swipe lock and Lock screen options.
Password: When enabled, you enter an alphanumeric password, which you create, to unlock the device.
None: Disable all custom screen lock settings, to use the default swipe unlock screen. Settings 178 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Lock screen options When the Screen lock is set to Swipe or Motion, or you have the With swipe lock option enabled, you can set special options for the lock screen. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Lock screen Lock screen options. 2. Configure these options:
Shortcuts: Touch to control display of app shortcuts at the bottom of the lock screen. Touch Shortcuts to choose shortcuts to display: touch and drag a shortcut to a new position, or to the trash can to remove it, and touch + to select a new shortcut.
Information ticker: Set news, stock, or Facebook to display on a ticker on the lock screen.
Clock: When enabled, the lock screen displays a digital clock.
Dual clock: Touch to control display of a dual clock to show the time in two zones when youre traveling. Touch Dual clock to set a home city. When you have location services turned on while traveling, the dual clock will display the time in your home city and current location.
Weather: Touch to control display of the current locations weather on the lock screen. 179
Ripple effect: When enabled, a ripple effect shows on the lock screen when you touch the screen. If you choose a live wallpaper for the lock screen, ripple effect is disabled.
Ink effect: When enabled, an ink effect shows on the lock screen when you touch the screen. If you choose a live wallpaper for the lock screen, the ripple effect is disabled.
Help text: Touch the check box to control display of tips as you use the lock screen.
Camera quick access: Touch to control access to the camera from the lock screen using a motion gesture. When enabled, touch and hold on the lock screen, then rotate the device to landscape orientation to launch the Camera. Touch Camera quick access to learn more.
Wake up in lock screen: Touch the check box to enable or disable unlocking by spoken wake-up command.
Set wake-up command: Configure wake-up commands, to be used when the Wake up in lock screen option is enabled. You can configure commands to wake up the device, or other popular features. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Popup Note on lock screen When enabled, a Popup Note appears on the lock screen
(when screen lock options other than Swipe or Motion are active). 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Lock screen. Presence check When you have Face screen lock set, you can choose to have the device prompt you to blink to start facial recognition, to improve security. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Lock screen. 2. Touch Popup Note on lock screen to enable or disable 2. Touch Presence check to enable or disable the setting. the setting. Improve facial recognition When you have Face screen lock set, you can use the Improve facial recognition setting to improve your devices recognition of your face. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Lock screen. 2. Touch Improve facial recognition to enable or disable the setting. Note: The Improve facial recognition setting is only available if you have set a Face screen lock. Note: The Presence check setting is only available if you have set a Face screen lock. Make pattern visible When you have a Pattern screen lock set, you can choose whether the pattern is visible briefly as you draw it on the lock screen. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Lock screen. 2. Touch Make pattern visible to enable or disable the setting. Note: The Make pattern visible setting is only available if you have set a pattern screen lock. Settings 180 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Vibrate on screen tap When enabled, the device vibrates when you touch the lock screen. 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings Lock screen. Apps 2. Touch Vibrate on screen tap to enable or disable the option. Owner information Enter text to display on the Lock screen. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Lock screen Owner information. 2. Touch Show owner info on lock screen to enable display 3. Enter Owner information text. For more information about entering text, see see Entering Text on page 40. Power/Lock Key locks of Owner information on the Lock screen. Lock automatically When you have a screen lock set, you can choose a a time period for automatically locking the screen after the screen turns off, or choose to have the screen lock immediately when the screen turns off. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Lock screen. 2. Touch Lock automatically, then select an option. Note: The Lock automatically setting is only available if you have set a screen lock. Lock instantly with power key When enabled, pressing the the screen instantly. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Lock screen. 2. Touch Lock instantly with power key to enable or disable the option. 181 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Security Encryption As a security measure, you can encrypt the contents of your device or an optional installed memory card (not included), and require a password each time you turn on the device or access the memory card. Encryption may take an hour or more to complete. Start with a charged battery, and attach the charger until encryption is complete. Loss of power or other interruption may cause the loss of some or all data. Encrypt device As a security measure, you can encrypt the contents of your device and require a password to access the contents each time you turn it on. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Security. 2. Touch Encrypt device to start encryption. Follow the prompts to complete encryption. Encrypt external SD card As a security measure, you can encrypt the contents of an optional installed SD card (not included), and require a password each time you access the card. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Security. 2. Touch Encrypt external SD card card to start encryption. Follow the prompts to complete encryption. SIM card lock Set up SIM card lock As a security measure, you can choose to lock the SIM card, and require a PIN to use the device. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Security. 2. Touch Set up SIM card lock for these settings:
Lock SIM card: Enable to require a PIN be entered to use the device, then set the PIN.
Change SIM PIN: Create a PIN for accessing the SIM card. Settings 182 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Passwords Make passwords visible When enabled, password characters display briefly as you enter them. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Security. 2. Touch Make passwords visible to enable or disable brief displays of password characters. Device administration View or disable device administrators. Some applications, such as Corporate email, may require you allow access to your device by device administrators in certain circumstances, such as if your device is lost or stolen. Some features a device administrator might control include:
Setting the number of failed password attempts before the device is restored to factory settings Automatically locking the device. Restoring factory settings on the device. Device administrators View, add or remove device administrators. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Security. 2. Touch Select device administrators. 183 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Unknown sources When enabled, you can install applications from sources other than Google Play. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Security. 2. Touch Unknown sources to enable or disable the option. Warning! Because this device can be configured with system software not provided by or supported by Google or any other company, end-users operate these devices at their own risk. Credential storage Trusted credentials You can install credentials from an installed memory card, and use the Credential storage settings to allow applications to access the secure certificates and other credentials. Trusted credentials 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Security. 2. Touch Trusted credentials to view certificates youve installed. Install from device storage Install encrypted certificates from an installed memory card. Note: You must have installed a memory card containing encrypted certificates to use this feature. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Security. 2. Touch Install from device storage, then choose a certificate and follow the prompts to install. Settings 184 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Clear credentials Clear stored credentials and reset the password. Note: This setting is only available if you have installed certificates. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Security. 2. Touch Clear credentials, then follow the prompts to clear stored credentials and reset the password. One-handed operation Configure options to make using your device easier with one hand. When an option is enabled, you can adjust the position of the feature left or right by touching arrows on the screen. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings One-handed operation. 2. Configure options:
Keypad & in-call buttons: When enabled, you can adjust the position of the dialing keypad and in-call buttons.
Samsung keyboard: When enabled, you can adjust the position of the Samsung keyboard.
Calculator: When enabled, you can adjust the Calculators position.
Unlock pattern: When enabled, you adjust the position of the unlock pattern on the lock screen. Tip: Touch Learn about one-handed operation for help with using this feature. 185 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Language and input Language Set the language used by your devices screens. Apps 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings Language and input Language. 2. Select a language from the list. Personal dictionary Create and manage a list of words for use in text entry, for matching your key touches with words. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Language and input Personal dictionary. Keyboards and input methods Configure text entry options to your preferences. Default Choose the default method for entering text. From the factory, the default method is Samsung keyboard. If you install other text entry apps, you can set them as default here. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Language and input Default. 2. Touch an input method. Settings 186 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Google voice typing Configure Google voice input settings. When you enable Google voice in Settings, it is available for text entry when you touch a text field to enter text. For more information, see Using Google Voice Typing on page 42. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Language and input. 2. Touch Google voice typing to enable it. 3. Touch options:
Choose input languages: Select languages for Google voice beside Google voice typing to configure typing. Select Automatic to use the Default language exclusively, or choose other language(s).
Block offensive words: When enabled, words many people find offensive are not shown in results of Google voice searches. Offensive words are replaced in results with a placeholder (####).
Download offline speech recognition: Install additional speech recognition. 187 Samsung keyboard Configure Samsung keypad settings. When you enable Samsung keyboard in Settings, it is available for text entry when you touch a text field to enter text. For more information, see Using Samsung Keyboard on page 41. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Language and input. 2. Samsung keyboard is enabled by default. Touch to configure options:
Portrait keyboard types: Choose the default keypad when the screen is in portrait mode, from Qwerty or 3x4 keyboard
(similar to a phone keypad).
Input language: Select languages for the Samsung keyboard. Tip: When you have more than one language selected, you can slide your finger on the space bar while entering text to switch languages. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Predictive text: Touch to enable predictive text, to have predictive text suggest words matching your text entries and optionally, complete common words automatically. Touch Predictive text to configure options:
Personalized data: When enabled, predictive text uses personal language data you have entered to make better predictions. Samsung keyboard can collect all the text you enter, including personal data and credit card numbers, in order to give better prediction results. Learn from Facebook: Log into Facebook to allow your device to learn from your Facebook postings. Learn from Gmail: Log into Gmail to allow your device to learn from your Gmail email. Learn from Twitter: Log into Twitter to allow your device to learn from your Twitter postings. Clear remote data: Delete your information stored on the personalization server. Clear personalized data: Remove all personalized data you have entered. Privacy: Read the privacy policy.
Swiftkey flow: When enabled, you can enter text by sliding your finger across the keyboard.
Pen detection: When enabled, a handwriting pad is automatically displayed when your device detects the S Pen.
One-handed operation: When enabled, Samsung keyboard features can be adjusted right or left for easier use with one hand.
Handwriting:
Input languages: Choose languages to use with handwriting and Samsung keyboard. Recognition type: Choose the type of handwriting recognition, from strokes, or complete letters. Recognition time: Choose the length of time the keyboard waits to evaluate handwriting gestures. Pen thickness: Choose the size of handwriting strokes on the screen. Pen color: Choose the color of handwriting strokes on screen. Gesture guide: Learn about gestures you can use while handwriting text. Tutorial: Learn about using handwriting. About: View information about Samsung keyboard handwriting. Settings 188 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Advanced:
Auto-capitalization: When enabled, predictive text automatically capitalizes words in your text based on common usage, such as at the beginning of sentences. Auto-punctuate: When enabled, a period and space are automatically entered to end a sentence, when you tap the space bar twice. Character preview: When enabled, characters available on the key you touch display briefly as you enter text. Key-tap vibration: When enabled, a vibration plays for your key touches. Swype 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Language and input. 2. Swype is enabled by default. Touch
How to Swype: Learn about using Swype.
Preferences: Set Swype options:
to configure:
Vibrate on keypress: When enabled, the devices vibrates for your Swype touches. Sound on keypress: When enabled, the device plays sounds for your Swype touches. Show helpful tips: When enabled, Swype displays helpful Key-tap sound: When enabled, a sound plays for your key information as you Swype. touches.
Tutorial: Learn about using Samsung keyboard.
Reset settings: Return Samsung keyboard settings to the defaults. Auto-spacing: When enabled, Swype automatically inserts spaces between words as you complete them. Auto-capitalization: When enabled, Swype automatically capitalizes the first word of sentences. Show complete trace: When enabled, Swype displays the trace of each word until you start the next word. Pop-up on keypress: When enabled, characters display above keys as you enter text. 189 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Next word prediction: When enabled, Swype predicts the next word based on the previous word. Speech Voice search Reset Swypes dictionary: Delete all the words youve added 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps to the Swype dictionary. Version: View information about Swype.
Language options: Choose the current language for Swype, and download new languages.
Swype Connect: Enable personalization from your accounts, and choose whether to contribute your usage data to improve predictions.
Personal dictionary: View and manage words in your Swype dictionary, used for word completion,. suggestion, and spell-
checking. Settings Language and input Voice search. 2. Set options:
Language: Choose a language for voice searching.
Speech output: Choose options for speech output.
Block offensive words: When enabled, words many people find offensive are not shown in results of Google voice searches. Offensive words are replaced in results with a placeholder (####).
Hotword detection: When enabled, you can say Google to launch voice search.
Updates: Check for updates to Swype, and install them if
Download offline speech recognition: Download speech desired. recognition, to enable voice input while offline.
Personalized recognition: Enable to have your device improve recognition based on your speech.
Google account dashboard: View and manage your collected data. Settings 190 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Mouse/trackpad Customize the response of your screen swipes. Apps 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings Language and input Pointer speed. 2. Touch and drag along the scale to set the pointer speed. Text-to-speech output Text-to-speech (TTS) provides audible readout of text, for example, the contents of text messages, and the Caller ID for incoming calls. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Language and input Text-to-speech output. 2. Touch a setting to configure:
Preferred TTS engine Select Google Text-to-speech Engine, or Samsung TTS.
General Speech rate: Choose a rate at which text readouts are spoken. Listen to an example: Play a sample of speech synthesis. Driving mode: When enabled, incoming calls and new notifications are read out automatically. Touch enable. Touch Driving mode to choose items for readout when Driving mode is enabled. to 191 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Back up and reset Set options for backing up your information and resetting your device. Back up my data When enabled, app data, Wi-Fi passwords, and other device settings are backed up to Google servers. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Back up and reset. 2. Touch Back up my data to enable or disable back-up. Backup account Sign in to a Google account to use for backing up settings. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Back up and reset. 2. Touch Backup account, then follow the prompts to sign in to a Google account. Automatic restore Use Automatic restore to have previous app settings and data automatically update from the backup when you reinstall the app. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Back up and reset. 2. Touch Automatic restore to enable or disable the setting. Factory data reset Use Factory data reset to return all settings to the defaults, and remove all data from the device. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Back up and reset. 2. Touch Factory data reset, then follow the prompts. Important! Settings and data erased in a Factory data reset cannot be recovered. To save your settings, you can use Back up my data settings before a reset. Settings 192 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Accounts Google Configure options for Google account and privacy settings. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Google. 2. Configure options:
Accounts: View Google accounts set up on your device, and configure syncing.
Privacy: Choose Google features, to configure privacy and account settings. Backup Assistant Plus Backup AssistantSM Plus is a free service that protects your contacts by saving to a secure web site. If your phone is lost, stolen or damaged, or if you change phones, Backup Assistant can restore your saved contacts to a new phone, wirelessly. Schedule backups to save your information manually or automatically. Log in to your web account for full access to your contacts for viewing, printing, adding, deleting and editing. Visit http://verizonwireless.com/baplus, or contact Verizon Wireless for more information. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Accounts and sync Backup Assistant. Tip: You can also launch Backup Assistant from Menu Backup. From Contacts, touch Contacts. 193 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Add account Set up an account, to synchronize the account with your device. When an account is set up on your device, you dont have to log in each time you access the account from the device. 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings Add account. Apps 2. Select an account, then follow the prompts to enter your credentials and set up the account on your device. System Motion Your device recognizes motion, to allow you to navigate and access features by moving the device in specific gestures. Configure specific motion gestures and settings, to customize your device to your preferences. For more information about using gestures, see Hand Gestures on page 30. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Motion. 2. Touch Motion 3. Touch Motion to configure settings:
to turn Motion On or Off.
Quick glance: Check key information at a glance while the screen is off, by reaching toward your device.
Direct call: When enabled, you can lift the device to your ear while viewing a contact to dial the contacts device number.
Smart alert: When enabled, the device will automatically notify you to missed calls and alerts that occurred while the device was stationary.
Double tap to top: When enabled, a double tap on the top of the device takes you to the top of the list. Settings 194 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Tilt to zoom: When enabled, tilting the device while in Gallery or Internet causes the screen to zoom in or out.
Pan to move icon: When enabled, moving the device in a panning motion (side-to-side) moves a highlighted icon to a new location on the Home screen.
Pan to browse images: When enabled, moving the device in a panning motion while viewing an image moves focus around in the image.
Shake to update: When enabled, shaking the device starts a new scan for available devices.
Turn over to mute/pause: When enabled, turning the device screen-down automatically mutes incoming call ringtones and alerts sounds.
Advanced settings:
Quick glance: Choose key information, to display when you have the Quick glance motion enabled. Quick glance must be enabled to configure this advanced setting. Gyroscope calibration: Tune the motion detection using your devices internal gyroscope. 195 Tilt to zoom: Choose the speed at which you tilt to zoom, when you have the Tilt to zoom motion enabled. Tilt to zoom must be enabled to configure this advanced setting. Pan to move icon: Choose the sensitivity of the device to panning motions, when you have the Pan to move icon motion enabled. Pan to move icon must be enabled to configure this advanced setting. Pan to browse images: Choose the sensitivity of the device to panning motions, when you have the Pan to browse images motion enabled. Pan to browse images must be enabled to configure this advanced setting.
Learn about hand motions: Get help with understanding motion gestures.
Palm swipe to capture: When enabled, swiping the side of your hand across the screen side-to-side saves a screen shot of the current screen.
Palm touch to mute: When enabled, covering the screen with your hand mutes or pauses media playback.
Learn about hand motions: Get help with understanding the palm swipe and palm touch gestures. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Battery saving By default, your device detects when S Pen is detached, and displays the S Pen icon in the Status bar. To save battery power, you can disable this setting. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings S Pen. 2. Touch Battery saving to enable or disable the setting. S Pen keeper When enabled, your device plays a sound and displays an alert if you walk with the device while S Pen is detached. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings S Pen. 2. Touch S Pen keeper to enable or disable the setting. S Pen Dominant hand Choose the hand you write with most often, to maximize S Pen performance. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings S Pen Dominant hand. 2. Choose Left handed or Right handed. Pen attach/detach sound Choose a sound to play when you attach or detach S Pen from your device. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings S Pen. 2. Choose a sound, or choose Off for no sound. Open Popup Note When enabled, Popup Note launches automatically when you detach S Pen from your device. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings S Pen. 2. Touch Open Popup Note to enable or disable the setting. Settings 196 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Air view When turned On, hovering S Pen near an item on the screen displays information about the item. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings S Pen. 2. Touch Air view 3. When Air view is on, touch Air view for options:
to turn the option On or Off.
Pointer: When enabled, a pointer displays on the screen to show S Pen position.
Information preview: When enabled, hovering over an item displays a preview, full text, or a zoomed-in image.
Icon labels (by pen nib): When enabled, hovering over icons on the screen displays their labels.
List scrolling: When enabled, holding S Pen over the edge of the screen scrolls through a list. Sound and haptic feedback When enabled, sound and vibration plays for S Pen actions. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings S Pen. 2. Touch Sound and haptic feedback to enable or disable the setting. 197 Quick Command settings Use S Pen gestures to open applications or perform tasks. Use preloaded gestures, or create your own combination of symbols, characters, or words. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings S Pen. 2. Touch Quick Command settings to configure options:
Add a command: Select an application or function to launch, then configure a gesture by writing your own combination of symbols, characters, or words with S Pen.
Internet search: Write a question mark (?) with S Pen to launch Internet.
Email: Write the at symbol (@) with S Pen to launch Email.
Maps: Write an exclamation mark (!) with S Pen to launch Maps.
Call: Write a pound sign (#) with S Pen to launch Phone.
Messaging: Write a tilde sign (~) with S Pen to launch Messaging. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential S Pen help Learn about S Pen. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings S Pen S Pen help. Accessory Configure your devices behavior when it is connected to an optional dock (not included). 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Accessory. 2. Configure settings:
Dock sound: When enabled, a sound plays when you insert and remove the device from the dock.
Audio output mode: When enabled, audio plays through the dock speakers when the device is docked.
Desk home screen display: When enabled, displays a special screen when the device is docked.
Audio output: Choose a destination for audio output when you connect to devices via HDMI cable. Date and time By default, your device receives date and time information from the wireless network. When you are outside network coverage, you may want to set date and time information manually using the Date & time settings. 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings Date and time. 2. Touch a setting to configure:
Apps
Automatic date and time: When enabled, the device takes date and time updates from the wireless network.
Set date: Enter the current date (only available when Automatic date and time is disabled).
Set time: Enter the current time (only available when the Automatic setting is disabled).
Automatic time zone: When enabled, the device takes the time zone from the wireless network.
Select time zone: Choose your local time zone (only available when the Automatic setting is disabled).
Use 24-hour format: Set the format for time displays.
Select date format: Set the format for date displays. Settings 198 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Accessibility Your device offers features to make using the device easier for those with certain physical disabilities. Use the Accessibility settings to activate these services. System Auto-rotate screen When enabled, the screens orientation automatically changes when you rotate the device. 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings Accessibility. Apps 2. Touch Auto-rotate screen to turn the feature On or Off. Tip: You can also set Auto rotate from Notifications with the Screen rotation setting. Screen timeout Set the length of delay between the last key press or screen touch and the automatic screen timeout (dim and lock). 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Accessibility Screen timeout. 2. Touch a setting to select it. Lock automatically When you have a screen lock set, you can choose a a time period for automatically locking the screen after the screen turns off, or choose to have the screen lock immediately when the screen turns off. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Accessibility Lock automatically. 2. Touch a setting to select it. Note: The Lock automatically setting is only available if you have set a screen lock. 199 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Speak passwords When enabled, you can speak passwords for log-ins. 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings Accessibility. Apps 2. Touch Speak passwords to turn the feature On or Off. Answering/ending calls You can set options for answering and ending calls. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Accessibility Answering/ending calls. 2. Touch an option to enable or disable it:
Answering key: When enabled, pressing the Home Key answers incoming calls.
The power key ends calls: When enabled, you can end voice Power/Lock Key. When calls by pressing the this option is enabled, pressing the Power/Lock Key during a call does not lock the screen. Accessibility shortcut When enabled, a link to Accessibility settings displays on the Device options menu, when you press and hold the Power/Lock Key. This provides quick access to accessibility settings, to make changes as you use the device. 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings Accessibility. Apps 2. Touch Accessibility shortcut to enable or disable the setting. Services TalkBack Enable or disable accessibility services. 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings Accessibility. Apps 2. Touch TalkBack to enable or disable readout of menu options, application titles, contacts, and other items when scrolling and making selections. Settings 200 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Vision Font size Set the font size for screen displays. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Settings Accessibility Font size. 2. Select a size. Negative colors When enabled, Negative colors reverses the colors on the screen. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Settings Accessibility. 2. Touch Negative colors to enable or disable reversal of screen colors. Text-to-speech output Text-to-speech (TTS) provides audible readout of text, for example, the contents of text messages, and the Caller ID for incoming calls. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Language and input Text-to-speech output. 2. Touch a setting to configure:
Preferred TTS engine Select Google Text-to-speech Engine, or Samsung TTS.
General Speech rate: Choose a rate at which text readouts are spoken. Listen to an example: Play a sample of speech synthesis. Driving mode: When enabled, incoming calls and new notifications are read out automatically. Touch enable, then touch Driving mode to choose items for readout when Driving mode is enabled. to 201 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Enhance web accessibility When enabled, this service allows apps to install scripts from Google that make their Web content more accessible. Turn off all sounds When enabled, all sounds are disabled, including the voice portion of calls. 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings Accessibility. Apps 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings Accessibility. Apps 2. Touch Install Web scripts, then follow the prompts to 2. Touch Turn off all sounds to enable or disable the enable or disable the service. service. Mobility Tap and hold delay Set the length of time the device considers a screen touch before interpreting a touch as touch-and-hold. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Accessibility Tap and hold delay. 2. Touch a setting to select it. Hearing Sound balance Set the balance of audio output to the left and right ear, when using an optional headset or headphones (not included). 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Accessibility Sound balance 2. Drag the slider to set the balance. Mono audio When enabled, sound is delivered as mono, to support listening with one earphone. 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings Accessibility. Apps 2. Touch Mono audio to enable or disable the service. Settings 202 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Stay awake When enabled, the screen will never sleep while charging. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Developer options. 2. Touch Stay awake to enable or disable the setting. Protect SD card When enabled, apps must request permission to read an installed optional SD card (not included). 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Developer options. 2. Touch Protect SD card to enable or disable the setting. Developer options Set options for use when developing apps for devices. Important! These settings are intended for development use only. They can cause errors to occur on your device and with the applications on it. Turning Developer options On or Off 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Developer options. 2. Touch Developer options to turn the setting On or Off. Desktop backup password Set a password for protecting full desktop backups. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Developer options. 2. Touch Desktop backup password, then enter the current and new passwords. Touch Set backup password to save your settings. 203 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Debugging Enable or disable debugging options. 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings Developer options. 2. Configure options:
Input Configure options for input. Apps 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps
USB debugging: When enabled, connecting your device to a computer with a USB data cable launches debugging mode.
Allow mock locations: When enabled, mock locations are allowed during debugging.
Select app to be debugged: Choose an app to be debugged when device is in debugging mode.
Wait for debugger: When enabled, a device to be debugged waits for the debugger to be attached. Settings Developer options. 2. Configure options:
Show touches: When enabled, screen touches cause the screen to display visual feedback.
Show pointer location: When enabled, the current pointer location shows on a screen overlay. Settings 204 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Drawing Configure options for drawing screens. Monitoring Configure options for monitoring apps. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Developer options. 2. Configure options:
Settings Developer options. 2. Configure options:
Show layout boundaries: When enabled, clip boundaries,
Strict mode: When enabled, the screen flashes while apps margins, and other layout details display. perform long operations.
Show GPU view updates: When enabled, views are flashed
Show CPU usage: When enabled CPU usage displays on a inside windows when they are drawn with the GPU. screen overlay.
Show screen updates: When enabled, areas of the screen
GPU rendering profile: When enabled, rendering time is flash as they update.
Window animation scale: Choose a scale for window measured in adb shell dumpsys gfxinfo.
Enable traces: Choose traces. animations.
Transition animation scale: Choose a scale for screen transitions.
Animator duration scale: Choose a scale for animators.
Disable hardware overlays: When enabled, the GPU is always used for screen compositing.
Force GPU rendering: When enabled, 2D hardware acceleration is used in applications. 205 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Apps Configure app options. 1. From the Home screen, touch Apps Settings Developer options. 2. Configure options:
Do not keep activities: When enabled, activities are destroyed as soon as the user leaves them.
Limit background processes: Choose options for processes running in the background.
Show all ANRs: When enabled, an App Not Responding dialog displays for apps running in the background. About phone View information about your device, including status, legal information, hardware and software versions, and a tutorial. 1. From the Home screen, touch Settings About phone. 2. Touch items to view details:
Apps
Software update: Check availability and install updates.
Status: View information about your devices current status.
Legal information: Display open source licenses, configure license settings, including your DivX VOD registration, and Google info.
Model number: View your devices model number.
Android version: View the firmware version of your device.
Baseband version: View the baseband version of your device.
Kernel version: View the kernel version of your device.
Build number: View the build number of your device.
Hardware version: View the hardware version of your device. Settings 206 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 9: Health and Safety Information This device is capable of operating in Wi-Fi mode in the 2.4 and 5 GHz bands. The FCC requires that devices operating within 5.15-5.25 GHz may only be used indoors, not outside, in order to avoid interference with Mobile Satellite Services (MSS). Therefore, this device is restricted from being used outdoors when operating in frequencies between 5.15-5.25 GHz. This section outlines the safety precautions associated with using your phone. The terms mobile device or cell phone are used in this section to refer to your phone. Read this information before using your mobile device. Exposure to Radio Frequency (RF) Signals The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has published information for consumers relating to Radio Frequency (RF) exposure from wireless phones. The FDA publication includes the following information:
207 Do cell phones pose a health hazard?
Many people are concerned that cell phone radiation will cause cancer or other serious health hazards. The weight of scientific evidence has not linked cell phones with any health problems. Cell phones emit low levels of Radio Frequency (RF) energy. Over the past 15 years, scientists have conducted hundreds of studies looking at the biological effects of the radio frequency energy emitted by cell phones. While some researchers have reported biological changes associated with RF energy, these studies have failed to be replicated. The majority of studies published have failed to show an association between exposure to radio frequency from a cell phone and health problems. The low levels of RF cell phones emit while in use are in the microwave frequency range. They also emit RF at substantially reduced time intervals when in the stand-by mode. Whereas high levels of RF can produce health effects
(by heating tissue), exposure to low level RF that does not produce heating effects causes no known adverse health effects. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential The biological effects of radio frequency energy should not be confused with the effects from other types of electromagnetic energy. Very high levels of electromagnetic energy, such as is found in X-rays and gamma rays, can ionize biological tissues. Ionization is a process where electrons are stripped away from their normal locations in atoms and molecules. It can permanently damage biological tissues including DNA, the genetic material. The energy levels associated with radio frequency energy, including both radio waves and microwaves, are not great enough to cause ionization of atoms and molecules. Therefore, RF energy is a type of non-ionizing radiation. Other types of non-ionizing radiation include visible light, infrared radiation (heat), and other forms of electromagnetic radiation with relatively low frequencies. While RF energy does not ionize particles, large amounts can increase body temperatures and cause tissue damage. Two areas of the body, the eyes and the testes, are particularly vulnerable to RF heating because there is relatively little blood flow in them to carry away excess heat. Research Results to Date: Is there a connection between RF and certain health problems?
The results of most studies conducted to date say no. In addition, attempts to replicate and confirm the few studies that have shown a connection have failed. The scientific community at large therefore believes that the weight of scientific evidence does not show an association between exposure to Radio Frequency (RF) from cell phones and adverse health outcomes. Still the scientific community has supported additional research to address gaps in knowledge. Some of these studies are described below. Interphone Study Interphone is a large international study designed to determine whether cell phones increase the risk of head and neck cancer. A report published in the International Journal of Epidemiology (June, 2010) compared cell phone usage for more than 5,000 people with brain tumors (glioma and meningioma) and a similar number of healthy controls. Results of this study did NOT show that cell phones caused brain cancer. In this study, most people had no increased risk of brain cancer from using cell phones. For people with the heaviest use of cell phones (an average of more than hour per day, every day, for over 10 years) the study suggested a Health and Safety Information 208 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential slight increase in brain cancer. However, the authors determined that biases and errors prevented any conclusions being drawn from this data. Additional information about Interphone can be found at http://www.iarc.fr/en/media-centre/pr/2010/pdfs/pr200_E.pdf. Interphone is the largest cell phone study to date, but it did not answer all questions about cell phone safety. Additional research is being conducted around the world, and the FDA continues to monitor developments in this field. International Cohort Study on Mobile Phone Users
(COSMOS) The COSMOS study aims to conduct long-term health monitoring of a large group of people to determine if there are any health issues linked to long-term exposure to radio frequency energy from cell phone use. The COSMOS study will follow approximately 300,000 adult cell phone users in Europe for 20 to 30 years. Additional information about the COSMOS study can be found at http://www.ukcosmos.org/index.html. 209 Risk of Brain Cancer from Exposure to Radio Frequency Fields in Childhood and Adolescence
(MOBI-KIDS) MOBI-KIDS is an international study investigating the relationship between exposure to radio frequency energy from communication technologies including cell phones and brain cancer in young people. This is an international multi-center study involving 14 European and non-European countries. Additional information about MOBI-KIDS can be found at http://www.creal.cat/programes-recerca/en_projectes-creal/
view.php?ID=39. Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results (SEER) Program of the National Cancer Institute The National Cancer Institute (NCI) actively follows cancer statistics in the United States to detect any change in rates of new cases for brain cancer. If cell phones play a role in risk for brain cancer, rates should go up, because heavy cell phone use has been common for quite some time in the U.S. Between 1987 and 2005, the overall age-adjusted incidence of brain cancer did not increase. Additional information about SEER can be found at http://seer.cancer.gov/. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Cell Phone Industry Actions Although the existing scientific data do not justify FDA regulatory actions, the FDA has urged the cell phone industry to take a number of steps, including the following:
Support-needed research on possible biological effects of RF for the type of signal emitted by cell phones;
Design cell phones in a way that minimizes any RF exposure to the user; and
Cooperate in providing users of cell phones with the current information on cell phone use and human health concerns. The FDA also is working with voluntary standard-setting bodies such as the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP), and others to assure that safety standards continue to adequately protect the public. Reducing Exposure: Hands-Free Kits and Other Accessories Steps to Reduce Exposure to Radio Frequency Energy If there is a risk from being exposed to radio frequency energy (RF) from cell phones - and at this point we do not know that there is - it is probably very small. But, if you are concerned about avoiding even potential risks, you can take a few simple steps to minimize your RF exposure. Reduce the amount of time spent using your cell phone;
Use speaker mode or a headset to place more distance between your head and the cell phone. Hands-Free Kits Hands-free kits may include audio or Bluetooth headsets and various types of body-worn accessories such as belt-clips and holsters. Combinations of these can be used to reduce RF energy absorption from cell phones. Headsets can substantially reduce exposure because the phone is held away from the head in the user's hand or in approved body-worn accessories. Cell phones marketed in the U.S. are required to meet RF exposure compliance requirements when used against the head and against the body. Health and Safety Information 210 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Because there are no known risks from exposure to RF emissions from cell phones, there is no reason to believe that hands-free kits reduce risks. Hands-free kits can be used for convenience and comfort. They are also required by law in many states if you want to use your phone while driving. Cell Phone Accessories that Claim to Shield the Head from RF Radiation Because there are no known risks from exposure to RF emissions from cell phones, there is no reason to believe that accessories which claim to shield the head from those emissions reduce risks. Some products that claim to shield the user from RF absorption use special phone cases, while others involve nothing more than a metallic accessory attached to the phone. Studies have shown that these products generally do not work as advertised. Unlike hands-free kits, these so-called shields may interfere with proper operation of the phone. The phone may be forced to boost its power to compensate, leading to an increase in RF absorption. 211 Children and Cell Phones The scientific evidence does not show a danger to any users of cell phones from RF exposure, including children and teenagers. The steps adults can take to reduce RF exposure apply to children and teenagers as well. Reduce the amount of time spent on the cell phone;
Use speaker mode or a headset to place more distance between the head and the cell phone. Some groups sponsored by other national governments have advised that children be discouraged from using cell phones at all. For example, The Stewart Report from the United Kingdom made such a recommendation in December 2000. In this report, a group of independent experts noted that no evidence exists that using a cell phone causes brain tumors or other ill effects. Their recommendation to limit cell phone use by children was strictly precautionary; it was not based on scientific evidence that any health hazard exists. Additional information on the safety of RF exposures from various sources can be obtained from the following organizations (updated 10/1/2010):
FCC RF Safety Program:
http://www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety/. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Environmental Protection Agency (EPA):
http://www.epa.gov/radtown/wireless-tech.html. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA):
http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/radiofrequencyradiation/.
(Note: This web address is case sensitive.) National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH):
http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/. World Health Organization (WHO):
http://www.who.int/peh-emf/en/. International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection:
http://www.icnirp.de. Health Protection Agency:
http://www.hpa.org.uk/Topics/Radiation/. US Food and Drug Administration:
http://www.fda.gov/Radiation-EmittingProducts/
RadiationEmittingProductsandProcedures/
HomeBusinessandEntertainment/CellPhones/default.htm. Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) Certification Information Your wireless phone is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the exposure limits for Radio Frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) of the U.S. Government. These FCC RF exposure limits are derived from the recommendations of two expert organizations: the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurement (NCRP) and the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
(IEEE). In both cases, the recommendations were developed by scientific and engineering experts drawn from industry, government, and academia after extensive reviews of the scientific literature related to the biological effects of RF energy. The RF exposure limit set by the FCC for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR). The SAR is a measure of the rate of absorption of RF energy by the human body expressed in units of watts per kilogram (W/kg). The FCC requires wireless phones to comply with a safety limit of 1.6 watts per kilogram (1.6 W/kg). Health and Safety Information 212 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential The FCC SAR limit incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection to the public and to account for any variations in measurements. SAR tests are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum reported value. This is because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a wireless base station antenna, the lower the power output of the phone. Before a new model phone is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it does not exceed the SAR limit established by the FCC. Tests for each model phone are performed in positions and locations (e.g. at the ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC. For body-worn operation, this phone has been tested and meets FCC RF exposure guidelines when used with an accessory that contains no metal and that positions the mobile device a minimum of 1.0 cm from the body. Use of other accessories may not ensure compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines. The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this mobile device with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. This device has a FCC ID number:
A3LSMN900R4 [Model Number: SM-N900R4] and the specific SAR levels for this device can be found at the following FCC website:
http://www.fcc.gov/oet/ea/. The SAR information for this device can also be found on Samsungs website:
http://www.samsung.com/sar. SAR information on this and other model phones can be accessed online on the FCC's website through http://
transition.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety/sar.html. To find information that pertains to a particular model phone, this site uses the phone FCC ID number which is usually printed somewhere on the case of the phone. Sometimes it may be necessary to remove the battery pack to find the number. Once you have the FCC ID number for a particular phone, follow the instructions on the website and it should provide values for typical or maximum SAR for a particular phone. Additional 213 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential SAR information can also be obtained at http://www.fcc.gov/encyclopedia/specific-absorption-rate-sar-
cellular-telephones. FCC Part 15 Information to User Pursuant to part 15.21 of the FCC Rules, you are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by Samsung could void your authority to operate the device. This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Commercial Mobile Alerting System
(CMAS) This device is designed to receive wireless emergency alerts from the Commercial Mobile Alerting System ("CMAS";
which may also be known as the Personal Localized Alerting Network ("PLAN")). If your wireless provider has chosen to participate in CMAS/PLAN, alerts are available while in the provider's coverage area. If you travel outside your provider's coverage area, wireless emergency alerts may not be available. For more information, please contact your wireless provider. Health and Safety Information 214 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Smart Practices While Driving On the Road - Off the Phone The primary responsibility of every driver is the safe operation of his or her vehicle. Responsible drivers understand that no secondary task should be performed while driving whether it be eating, drinking, talking to passengers, or talking on a mobile phone
- unless the driver has assessed the driving conditions and is confident that the secondary task will not interfere with their primary responsibility. Do not engage in any activity while driving a moving vehicle which may cause you to take your eyes off the road or become so absorbed in the activity that your ability to concentrate on the act of driving becomes impaired. Samsung is committed to promoting responsible driving and giving drivers the tools they need to understand and address distractions. Check the laws and regulations on the use of mobile devices and their accessories in the areas where you drive. Always obey them. The use of these devices may be prohibited or restricted in certain areas. For example, only hands-free use may be permitted in certain areas. 215 Before answering calls, consider your circumstances. Let the call go to voicemail when driving conditions require. Remember, driving comes first, not the call!
If you consider a call necessary and appropriate, follow these tips:
Use a hands-free device;
Secure your phone within easy reach;
Place calls when you are not moving;
Plan calls when your car will be stationary;
Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations;
Let the person with whom you are speaking know that you are driving and will suspend the call if necessary;
Do not take notes or look up phone numbers while driving;
Notice regarding legal restrictions on mounting this device in an automobile:
Laws in some states may prohibit mounting this device on or near the windshield of an automobile. In other states, the law may permit mounting this device only in specific locations in the automobile. Be sure to consult the state and local laws or ordinances where you drive before mounting this device in an automobile. Failure to comply with these restrictions could result in fines, penalties, or other damages. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Never mount this device in a manner that will obstruct the driver's clear view of the street and traffic. Never use wireless data services such as text messaging, Web browsing, or e-mail while operating a vehicle. Never watch videos, such as a movie or clip, or play video games while operating a vehicle. For more information, go to http://www.ctia.org. Battery Use and Safety Important! Handle and store batteries properly to avoid injury or damage. Most battery issues arise from improper handling of batteries and, particularly, from the continued use of damaged batteries. Do not disassemble, crush, puncture, shred, or otherwise attempt to change the form of your battery. Do not put a high degree of pressure on the battery. This can cause leakage or an internal short-circuit, resulting in overheating. Do not let the phone or battery come in contact with liquids. Liquids can get into the phone's circuits, leading to corrosion. Even when the phone appears to be dry and appears to operate normally, the circuitry could slowly corrode and pose a safety hazard. If the phone and/or battery get wet, have them checked by your service provider or contact Samsung, even if they appear to be working properly. Do not place your battery in or near a heat source. Excessive heating can damage the phone or the battery and could cause the phone or the battery to explode. Do not dry a wet or damp battery with an appliance or heat source such as a microwave oven, hair dryer, iron, or radiator. Avoid leaving your phone in your car in high temperatures. Do not dispose of the phone or the battery in a fire. The phone or the battery may explode when overheated. Do not handle a damaged or leaking battery. Do not let leaking battery fluid come in contact with your eyes, skin or clothing. For safe disposal options, contact your nearest Samsung-authorized service center. Health and Safety Information 216 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Avoid dropping the cell phone. Dropping the phone or the battery, especially on a hard surface, can potentially cause damage to the phone and battery. If you suspect damage to the phone or battery, take it to a service center for inspection. Never use any charger or battery that is damaged in any way. Do not allow the battery to touch metal objects. Accidental short-circuiting can occur when a metallic object (coin, key, jewelry, clip, or pen) causes a direct connection between the +
and - terminals of the battery (metal strips on the battery), for example when you carry a spare battery in a pocket or bag. Short-circuiting the terminals may damage the battery or the object causing the short-circuiting. Important! Use only Samsung-approved batteries, and recharge your battery only with Samsung-approved chargers which are specifically designed for your phone. WARNING!
Use of a non-Samsung-approved battery or charger may present a risk of fire, explosion, leakage, or other hazard. Samsung's warranty does not cover damage to the phone caused by non-Samsung-approved batteries and/or chargers. Do not use incompatible cell phone batteries and chargers. Some websites and second-hand dealers not associated with reputable manufacturers and carriers, might be selling incompatible or even counterfeit batteries and chargers. Consumers should purchase manufacturer or carrier-recommended products and accessories. If unsure about whether a replacement battery or charger is compatible, contact the manufacturer of the battery or charger. Misuse or use of incompatible phones, batteries, and charging devices could result in damage to the equipment and a possible risk of fire, explosion, or leakage, leading to serious injuries, damages to your phone, or other serious hazard. 217 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Samsung Mobile Products and Recycling Samsung cares for the environment and encourages its customers to recycle Samsung mobile devices and genuine Samsung accessories. Proper disposal of your mobile device and its battery is not only important for safety, it benefits the environment. Batteries must be recycled or disposed of properly. Recycling programs for your mobile device, batteries, and accessories may not be available in your area. We've made it easy for you to recycle your old Samsung mobile device by working with respected take-back companies in every state in the country. Drop It Off You can drop off your Samsung-branded mobile device and batteries for recycling at one of our numerous Samsung Recycling Direct (SM) locations. A list of these locations may be found at:
http://pages.samsung.com/us/recyclingdirect/
usactivities_environment_samsungrecyclingdirect_locations.jsp
. Samsung-branded devices and batteries will be accepted at these locations for no fee. Consumers may also recycle their used mobile device or batteries at many retail or carrier-provided locations where mobile devices and batteries are sold. Additional information regarding specific locations may be found at:
http://www.epa.gov/epawaste/partnerships/plugin/cellphone/
index.htm or at http://www.call2recycle.org/. Mail It In The Samsung Mobile Take-Back Program will provide Samsung customers with a free recycling mailing label. Just go to http://fun.samsungmobileusa.com/recycling/index.jsp. Dispose of unwanted electronics through an approved recycler. To find the nearest recycling location, go to our website:
www.samsung.com/recyclingdirect Or call, (877) 278-0799. Health and Safety Information 218 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential FOR CONNECTION TO A SUPPLY NOT IN NORTH AMERICA, USE AN ATTACHMENT PLUG ADAPTOR OF THE PROPER CONFIGURATION FOR THE POWER OUTLET. THIS POWER UNIT IS INTENDED TO BE CORRECTLY ORIENTED IN A VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL OR FLOOR MOUNT POSITION. Display / Touch-Screen Please note the following information when using your mobile device:
WARNING REGARDING DISPLAY The display on your mobile device is made of glass or acrylic and could break if your mobile device is dropped or if it receives significant impact. Do not use if screen is broken or cracked as this could cause injury to you. Follow local regulations regarding disposal of mobile devices and batteries Dispose of your mobile device and batteries in accordance with local regulations. In some areas, the disposal of these items in household or business trash may be prohibited. Help us protect the environment - recycle!
Warning! Never dispose of batteries in a fire because they may explode. UL Certified Travel Charger The Travel Charger for this phone has met applicable UL safety requirements. Please adhere to the following safety instructions per UL guidelines:
FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS OUTLINED MAY LEAD TO SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY AND POSSIBLE PROPERTY DAMAGE. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. DANGER - TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, CAREFULLY FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS. 219 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential WARRANTY DISCLAIMER: PROPER USE OF A TOUCH-SCREEN MOBILE DEVICE If your mobile device has a touch-screen display, please note that a touch-screen responds best to a light touch from the pad of your finger or a non-metallic stylus. Using excessive force or a metallic object when pressing on the touch-screen may damage the tempered glass surface and void the warranty. For more information, please refer to the Standard Limited Warranty. GPS Certain Samsung mobile devices can use a Global Positioning System (GPS) signal for location-based applications. A GPS uses satellites controlled by the U.S. Government that are subject to changes implemented in accordance with the Department of Defense policy and the 2008 Federal Radio navigation Plan (FRP). Changes may affect the performance of location-based technology on your mobile device. Even with GPS, when you make an emergency call:
Always tell the emergency responder your location to the best of your ability; and Remain on the mobile device for as long as the emergency responder instructs you. Navigation Maps, directions, and other navigation-data, including data relating to your current location, may contain inaccurate or incomplete data, and circumstances can and do change over time. In some areas, complete information may not be available. Therefore, you should always visually confirm that the navigational instructions are consistent with what you see before following them. All users should pay attention to road conditions, closures, traffic, and all other factors that may impact safe driving or walking. Always obey posted road signs. Emergency Calls This mobile device, like any wireless mobile device, operates using radio signals, wireless and landline networks, as well as user-programmed functions, which cannot guarantee connection in all conditions, areas, or circumstances. Therefore, you should never rely solely on any wireless mobile device for essential communications (medical emergencies, for example). Before traveling in remote or underdeveloped areas, plan an alternate method of contacting emergency services personnel. Remember, to Health and Safety Information 220 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential make or receive any calls, the mobile device must be switched on and in a service area with adequate signal strength. Emergency calls may not be possible on all wireless mobile device networks or when certain network services and/or mobile device features are in use. Check with local service providers. To make an emergency call:
If the mobile device is not on, switch it on. 1. 2. From the Home screen, touch 3. Key in the emergency number for your present location
(for example, 911 or other official emergency number). Emergency numbers vary by location. 4. Press the Send key. If certain features are in use (call blocking, for example), you may first need to deactivate those features before you can make an emergency call. Consult your User Manual and your local cellular service provider. When making an emergency call, remember to give all the necessary information as accurately as possible. Remember that your mobile device 221 may be the only means of communication at the scene of an accident; do not cut off the call until given permission to do so. Care and Maintenance Your mobile device is a product of superior design and craftsmanship and should be treated with care. The suggestions below will help you fulfill any warranty obligations and allow you to enjoy this product for many years:
Keep your Samsung Mobile Device away from:
Liquids of any kind Keep the mobile device dry. Precipitation, humidity, and liquids contain minerals that will corrode electronic circuits. If the mobile device does get wet, do not accelerate drying with the use of an oven, microwave, or dryer, because this may damage the mobile device and could cause a fire or explosion. Do not use the mobile device with a wet hand. Doing so may cause an electric shock to you or damage to the mobile device. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Extreme heat or cold Avoid temperatures below 0C / 32F or above 45C /
113F. Microwaves Do not try to dry your mobile device in a microwave oven. Doing so may cause a fire or explosion. Dust and dirt Do not expose your mobile device to dust, dirt, or sand. Cleaning solutions Do not use harsh chemicals, cleaning solvents, or strong detergents to clean the mobile device. Wipe it with a soft cloth slightly dampened in a mild soap-and-water solution. Shock or vibration Do not drop, knock, or shake the mobile device. Rough handling can break internal circuit boards. Paint Do not paint the mobile device. Paint can clog the devices moving parts or ventilation openings and prevent proper operation. Responsible Listening Caution! Avoid potential hearing loss. Damage to hearing occurs when a person is exposed to loud sounds over time. The risk of hearing loss increases as sound is played louder and for longer durations. Prolonged exposure to loud sounds (including music) is the most common cause of preventable hearing loss. Some scientific research suggests that using portable audio devices, such as portable music players and cell phones, at high volume settings for long durations may lead to permanent noise-induced hearing loss. This includes the use of headphones (including headsets, earbuds, and Bluetooth or other wireless devices). Exposure to very loud sound has also been associated in some studies with tinnitus (a ringing in the ear), hypersensitivity to sound, and distorted hearing. Individual susceptibility to noise-induced hearing loss and potential hearing problem varies. Additionally, the amount of sound produced by a portable audio device varies depending on the nature of the sound, the device settings, and the headphones Health and Safety Information 222 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential that are used. As a result, there is no single volume setting that is appropriate for everyone or for every combination of sound, settings, and equipment. You should follow some common sense recommendations when using any portable audio device:
Always turn the volume down before plugging the earphones into an audio source. Set the volume in a quiet environment and select the lowest volume at which you can hear adequately. Be aware that you can adapt to higher volume settings over time, not realizing that the higher volume may be harmful to your hearing. When using headphones, turn the volume down if you cannot hear the people speaking near you or if the person sitting next to you can hear what you are listening to. Do not turn the volume up to block out noisy surroundings. If you choose to listen to your portable device in a noisy environment, use noise-cancelling headphones to block out background environmental noise. By blocking background environment noise, noise cancelling headphones should allow you to hear the music at lower volumes than when using earbuds. 223 Limit the amount of time you listen. As the volume increases, less time is required before you hearing could be affected. Avoid using headphones after exposure to extremely loud noises, such as rock concerts, that might cause temporary hearing loss. Temporary hearing loss might cause unsafe volumes to sound normal. Do not listen at any volume that causes you discomfort. If you experience ringing in your ears, hear muffled speech, or experience any temporary hearing difficulty after listening to your portable audio device, discontinue use and consult your doctor. You can obtain additional information on this subject from the following sources:
American Academy of Audiology 11730 Plaza American Drive, Suite 300 Reston, VA 20190 Voice: (800) 222-2336 Email: info@audiology.org Internet:
http://www.audiology.org/Pages/
default.aspx By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders National Institutes of Health 31 Center Drive, MSC 2320 Bethesda, MD 20892-2320 Email: nidcdinfo@nih.gov Internet:
http://www.nidcd.nih.gov/
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) 395 E Street, S.W., Suite 9200 Patriots Plaza Building Washington, DC 20201 Voice: 1-800-35-NIOSH
(1-800-356-4674) 1-800-CDC-INFO (1-800-232-4636) Outside the U.S. 513-533-8328 Email: cdcinfo@cdc.gov Internet:
http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/noise/
default.html 1-888-232-6348 TTY Operating Environment Remember to follow any special regulations in force in any area, and always switch your mobile device off whenever it is forbidden to use it, or when it may cause interference or danger. When connecting the mobile device or any accessory to another device, read its user's guide for detailed safety instructions. Do not connect incompatible products. Using Your Mobile Device Near Other Electronic Devices Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from Radio Frequency (RF) signals. However, certain electronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from your wireless mobile device. Consult the manufacturer to discuss alternatives. Health and Safety Information 224 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Implantable Medical Devices A minimum separation of six (6) inches should be maintained between a handheld wireless mobile device and an implantable medical device, such as a pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator, to avoid potential interference with the device. Persons who have such devices:
Should ALWAYS keep the mobile device more than six (6) inches from their implantable medical device when the mobile device is turned ON;
Should not carry the mobile device in a breast pocket;
Should use the ear opposite the implantable medical device to minimize the potential for interference;
Should turn the mobile device OFF immediately if there is any reason to suspect that interference is taking place;
Should read and follow the directions from the manufacturer of your implantable medical device. If you have any questions about using your wireless mobile device with an implantable medical device, consult your health care provider. For more information see: http://www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety/rf-
faqs.html#. 225 Other Medical Devices If you use any other personal medical devices, consult the manufacturer of your device to determine if it is adequately shielded from external RF energy. Your physician may be able to assist you in obtaining this information. Switch your mobile device off in health care facilities when any regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy. Vehicles RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicles. Check with the manufacturer or its representative regarding your vehicle before using your mobile device in a motor vehicle. You should also consult the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to your vehicle. Posted Facilities Switch your mobile device off in any facility where posted notices require you to do so. Potentially Explosive Environments Switch your mobile device off when in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere and obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death. Users are advised to switch the mobile device off while at a refueling point (service station). Users are reminded of the need to observe restrictions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots (fuel storage and distribution areas), chemical plants, or where blasting operations are in progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often, but not always, clearly marked. They include below deck on boats, chemical transfer or storage facilities, vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane), areas where the air contains chemicals or particles, such as grain, dust, or metal powders, and any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. When your Device is Wet Do not turn on your device if it is wet. If your device is already on, turn it off and remove the battery immediately (if the device will not turn off or you cannot remove the battery, leave it as-is). Then, dry the device with a towel and take it to a service center. FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility (HAC) Regulations for Wireless Devices The U.S. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) has established requirements for digital wireless mobile devices to be compatible with hearing aids and other assistive hearing devices. When individuals employing some assistive hearing devices
(hearing aids and cochlear implants) use wireless mobile devices, they may detect a buzzing, humming, or whining noise. Some hearing devices are more immune than others to this interference noise, and mobile devices also vary in the amount of interference they generate. The wireless telephone industry has developed a rating system for wireless mobile devices to assist hearing device users find mobile devices that may be compatible with their hearing devices. Not all mobile devices have been rated. Mobile devices that are rated have the rating on their box or a label located on the box. The ratings are not guarantees. Results will vary depending on the user's hearing device and hearing loss. If your hearing device happens to be vulnerable to interference, you may not Health and Safety Information 226 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential be able to use a rated mobile device successfully. Trying out the mobile device with your hearing device is the best way to evaluate it for your personal needs. M-Ratings: Wireless mobile devices rated M3 or M4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to generate less interference to hearing devices than mobile devices that are not labeled. M4 is the better/higher of the two ratings. M-ratings refer to enabling acoustic coupling with hearing aids that do not operate in telecoil mode. T-Ratings: Mobile devices rated T3 or T4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to generate less interference to hearing devices than mobile devices that are not labeled. T4 is the better/higher of the two ratings. T-ratings refer to enabling inductive coupling with hearing aids operating in telecoil mode. Hearing devices may also be rated. Your hearing aid manufacturer or hearing health professional may help you find this rating. Higher ratings mean that the hearing device is relatively immune to interference noise. Under the current industry standard, American National Standards Institute (ANSI) C63.19, the hearing aid and wireless mobile device rating values are added together to indicate how usable they are together. For example, if a 227 hearing aid meets the M2 level rating and the wireless mobile device meets the M3 level rating, the sum of the two values equals M5. Under the standard, this should provide the hearing aid user with normal use while using the hearing aid with the particular wireless mobile device. A sum of 6 or more would indicate excellent performance. However, these are not guarantees that all users will be satisfied. T ratings work similarly. M3 + M2 = 5 T3 + T2 = 5 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential The HAC rating and measurement procedure are described in the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) C63.19 standard. HAC for Newer Technologies This phone has been tested and rated for use with hearing aids for some of the wireless technologies that it uses. However, there may be some newer wireless technologies used in this phone that have not been tested yet for use with hearing aids. It is important to try the different features of this phone thoroughly and in different locations, using your hearing aid or cochlear implant, to determine if you hear any interfering noise. Consult your service provider or the manufacturer of this phone for information on hearing aid compatibility. If you have questions about return or exchange policies, consult your service provider or phone retailer. Restricting Children's Access to Your Mobile Device Your mobile device is not a toy. Do not allow children to play with it because they could hurt themselves and others, damage the mobile device, or make calls that increase your mobile device bill. Keep the mobile device and all its parts and accessories out of the reach of small children. FCC Notice and Cautions FCC Notice The mobile device may cause TV or radio interference if used in close proximity to receiving equipment. The FCC can require you to stop using the mobile device if such interference cannot be eliminated. Vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane) must comply with the National Fire Protection Standard (NFPA-58). For a copy of this standard, contact the National Fire Protection Association. Cautions Any changes or modifications to your mobile device not expressly approved in this document could void your warranty for this equipment and void your authority to operate this equipment. Only use approved batteries, antennas, and chargers. The use of any unauthorized accessories may be dangerous and void the mobile device warranty if said accessories cause damage or a defect to the mobile device. Health and Safety Information 228 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Although your mobile device is quite sturdy, it is a complex piece of equipment and can be broken. Avoid dropping, hitting, bending, or sitting on it. Other Important Safety Information Only qualified personnel should service the mobile device or install the mobile device in a vehicle. Faulty installation or service may be dangerous and may invalidate any warranty applicable to the device. Ensure that any mobile devices or related equipment installed in your vehicle are securely mounted. Check regularly that all wireless mobile device equipment in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly. When using a headset in dry environments, static electricity can build up in the headset and cause a small quick static electrical shock. To minimize the risk of electrostatic discharge from the headset avoid using the headset in extremely dry environments or touch a grounded unpainted metal object to discharge static electricity before inserting the headset. Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases, or explosive materials in the same compartment as the mobile device, its parts, or accessories. 229 For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remember that an air bag inflates with great force. Do not place objects, including installed or portable wireless equipment near or in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. If wireless equipment is improperly installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury could result. Switch your mobile device off before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless mobile devices in aircraft is illegal and may be dangerous to the aircraft's operation. Check with appropriate authorities before using any function of a mobile device while on an aircraft. Failure to observe these instructions may lead to the suspension or denial of cell phone services to the offender, or legal action, or both. While using your device, leave some lights on in the room and do not hold the screen too close to your eyes. Seizures or blackouts can occur when you are exposed to flashing lights while watching videos or playing games for extended periods. If you feel any discomfort, stop using the device immediately. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Reduce risk of repetitive motion injuries. When you repetitively perform actions, such as pressing keys, drawing characters on a touch screen with your fingers, or playing games, you may experience occasional discomfort in your hands, neck, shoulders, or other parts of your body. When using your device for extended periods, hold the device with a relaxed grip, press the keys lightly, and take frequent breaks. If you continue to have discomfort during or after such use, stop use and see a physician. If your device has a camera flash or light, do not use the flash or light close to the eyes of people or pets. [122011]
Health and Safety Information 230 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 10: Warranty Information Standard Limited Warranty What is covered and for how long?
SAMSUNG TELECOMMUNICATIONS AMERICA, LLC
(SAMSUNG) warrants that SAMSUNGs handsets and accessories (Products) are free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for the period commencing upon the date of purchase by the first consumer purchaser and continuing for the following specified period of time after that date:
Phone Batteries 1 Year 1 Year Case/Pouch/Holster 90 Days Other Phone Accessories 1 Year What is not covered?
This Limited Warranty is conditioned upon proper use of the Product. 231 This Limited Warranty does not cover: (a) defects or damage resulting from accident, misuse, abnormal use, abnormal conditions, improper storage, exposure to liquid, moisture, dampness, sand or dirt, neglect, or unusual physical, electrical or electromechanical stress; (b) scratches, dents and cosmetic damage, unless caused by SAMSUNG;
(c) defects or damage resulting from excessive force or use of a metallic object when pressing on a touch screen;
(d) equipment that has the serial number or the enhancement data code removed, defaced, damaged, altered or made illegible; (e) ordinary wear and tear;
(f) defects or damage resulting from the use of Product in conjunction or connection with accessories, products, or ancillary/peripheral equipment not furnished or approved by SAMSUNG; (g) defects or damage resulting from improper testing, operation, maintenance, installation, service, or adjustment not furnished or approved by SAMSUNG;
(h) defects or damage resulting from external causes such as collision with an object, fire, flooding, dirt, windstorm, lightning, earthquake, exposure to weather conditions, theft, blown fuse, or improper use of any electrical source;
(i) defects or damage resulting from cellular signal reception By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential or transmission, or viruses or other software problems introduced into the Product; or (j) Product used or purchased outside the United States. This Limited Warranty covers batteries only if battery capacity falls below 80% of rated capacity or the battery leaks, and this Limited Warranty does not cover any battery if (i) the battery has been charged by a battery charger not specified or approved by SAMSUNG for charging the battery; (ii) any of the seals on the battery are broken or show evidence of tampering; or (iii) the battery has been used in equipment other than the SAMSUNG phone for which it is specified. What are SAMSUNGs obligations?
During the applicable warranty period, provided the Product is returned in accordance with the terms of this Limited Warranty, SAMSUNG will repair or replace the Product, at SAMSUNGs sole option, without charge. SAMSUNG may, at SAMSUNGs sole option, use rebuilt, reconditioned, or new parts or components when repairing any Product, or may replace the Product with a rebuilt, reconditioned or new Product. Repaired/replaced cases, pouches and holsters will be warranted for a period of ninety (90) days. All other repaired/
replaced Products will be warranted for a period equal to the remainder of the original Limited Warranty on the original Product or for ninety (90) days, whichever is longer. All replaced Products, parts, components, boards and equipment shall become the property of SAMSUNG. Except to any extent expressly allowed by applicable law, transfer or assignment of this Limited Warranty is prohibited. What must you do to obtain warranty service?
To obtain service under this Limited Warranty, you must return the Product to an authorized phone service facility in an adequate container for shipping, accompanied by the sales receipt or comparable proof of sale showing the original date of purchase, the serial number of the Product and the sellers name and address. To obtain assistance on where to deliver the Product, please call SAMSUNG Customer Care at 1-888-987-4357. If SAMSUNG determines that any Product is not covered by this Limited Warranty, you must pay all parts, shipping, and labor charges for the repair or return of such Product. You should keep a separate backup copy of any contents of the Product before delivering the Product to SAMSUNG for warranty service, as some or all of the contents may be deleted or reformatted during the course of warranty service. Warranty Information 232 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential What are the limits on SAMSUNGs liability?
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SETS OUT THE FULL EXTENT OF SAMSUNGS RESPONSIBILITIES, AND THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY REGARDING THE PRODUCTS. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. IN NO EVENT SHALL SAMSUNG BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT OR FOR, WITHOUT LIMITATION, COMMERCIAL LOSS OF ANY SORT; LOSS OF USE, TIME, DATA, REPUTATION, OPPORTUNITY, GOODWILL, PROFITS OR SAVINGS; INCONVENIENCE; INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES; OR DAMAGES ARISING FROM THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT. SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS, OR THE DISCLAIMER OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMERS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. SAMSUNG MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, AS TO THE QUALITY, CAPABILITIES, OPERATIONS, PERFORMANCE 233 OR SUITABILITY OF ANY THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PRODUCT, OR THE ABILITY TO INTEGRATE ANY SUCH SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT WITH THE PRODUCT, WHETHER SUCH THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT IS INCLUDED WITH THE PRODUCT DISTRIBUTED BY SAMSUNG OR OTHERWISE. RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE QUALITY, CAPABILITIES, OPERATIONS, PERFORMANCE AND SUITABILITY OF ANY SUCH THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT RESTS SOLELY WITH THE USER AND THE DIRECT VENDOR, OWNER OR SUPPLIER OF SUCH THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT. Nothing in the Product instructions or information shall be construed to create an express warranty of any kind with respect to the Products. No agent, employee, dealer, representative or reseller is authorized to modify or extend this Limited Warranty or to make binding representations or claims, whether in advertising, presentations or otherwise, on behalf of SAMSUNG regarding the Products or this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from state to state. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential What is the procedure for resolving disputes?
ALL DISPUTES WITH SAMSUNG ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS LIMITED WARRANTY OR THE SALE, CONDITION OR PERFORMANCE OF THE PRODUCTS SHALL BE RESOLVED EXCLUSIVELY THROUGH FINAL AND BINDING ARBITRATION, AND NOT BY A COURT OR JURY. Any such dispute shall not be combined or consolidated with a dispute involving any other persons or entitys Product or claim, and specifically, without limitation of the foregoing, shall not under any circumstances proceed as part of a class action. The arbitration shall be conducted before a single arbitrator, whose award may not exceed, in form or amount, the relief allowed by the applicable law. The arbitration shall be conducted according to the American Arbitration Association (AAA) Commercial Arbitration Rules applicable to consumer disputes. This arbitration provision is entered pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act. The laws of the State of Texas, without reference to its choice of laws principles, shall govern the interpretation of the Limited Warranty and all disputes that are subject to this arbitration provision. The arbitrator shall decide all issues of interpretation and application of this arbitration provision and the Limited Warranty. For any arbitration in which your total damage claims, exclusive of attorney fees and expert witness fees, are
$5,000.00 or less (Small Claim), the arbitrator may, if you prevail, award your reasonable attorney fees, expert witness fees and costs as part of any award, but may not grant SAMSUNG its attorney fees, expert witness fees or costs unless it is determined that the claim was brought in bad faith. In a Small Claim case, you shall be required to pay no more than half of the total administrative, facility and arbitrator fees, or $50.00 of such fees, whichever is less, and SAMSUNG shall pay the remainder of such fees. Administrative, facility and arbitrator fees for arbitrations in which your total damage claims, exclusive of attorney fees and expert witness fees, exceed $5,000.00 (Large Claim) shall be determined according to AAA rules. In a Large Claim case, the arbitrator may grant to the prevailing party, or apportion among the parties, reasonable attorney fees, expert witness fees and costs. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators award in any court of competent jurisdiction. This arbitration provision also applies to claims against SAMSUNGs employees, representatives and affiliates if any such claim arises from the Products sale, condition or performance. Warranty Information 234 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential You may opt out of this dispute resolution procedure by providing notice to SAMSUNG no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the first consumer purchasers purchase of the Product. To opt out, you must send notice by e-mail to optout@sta.samsung.com, with the subject line: Arbitration Opt Out. You must include in the opt out e-mail (a) your name and address; (b) the date on which the Product was purchased;
(c) the Product model name or model number; and (d) the IMEI or MEID or Serial Number, as applicable, if you have it (the IMEI or MEID or Serial Number can be found (i) on the Product box;
(ii) on the Product information screen, which can be found under Settings; (iii) on a label on the back of the Product beneath the battery, if the battery is removable; and (iv) on the outside of the Product if the battery is not removable). Alternatively, you may opt out by calling 1-888-987-4357 no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the first consumer purchasers purchase of the Product and providing the same information. These are the only two forms of notice that will be effective to opt out of this dispute resolution procedure. Opting out of this dispute resolution procedure will not affect the coverage of the Limited Warranty in any way, and you will continue to enjoy the benefits of the Limited Warranty. Severability If any portion of this Limited Warranty is held to be illegal or unenforceable, such partial illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of the remainder of the Limited Warranty. Precautions for Transfer and Disposal If data stored on this device is deleted or reformatted using the standard methods, the data only appears to be removed on a superficial level, and it may be possible for someone to retrieve and reuse the data by means of special software. To avoid unintended information leaks and other problems of this sort, it is recommended that the device be returned to Samsungs Customer Care Center for an Extended File System (EFS) Clear which will eliminate all user memory and return all settings to default settings. Please contact the Samsung Customer Care Center for details. Important! Please provide warranty information (proof of purchase) to Samsungs Customer Care Center in order to provide this service at no charge. If the warranty has expired on the device, charges may apply. 235 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Samsung Telecommunications America, LLC 1301 E. Lookout Drive Richardson, Texas 75082 Phone: 1-800-SAMSUNG Phone: 1-888-987-HELP (4357) No reproduction in whole or in part allowed without prior written approval. Specifications and availability subject to change without notice. [111611]
End User License Agreement for Software IMPORTANT. READ CAREFULLY: This End User License Agreement ("EULA") is a legal agreement between you
(either an individual or a single entity) and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. ("Samsung") for software, owned by Samsung and its affiliated companies and its third party suppliers and licensors, that accompanies this EULA, which includes computer software and may include associated media, printed materials, "online" or electronic documentation in connection with your use of this device
("Software"). This device requires the use of preloaded software in its normal operation. BY USING THE DEVICE OR ITS PRELOADED SOFTWARE, YOU ACCEPT THE TERMS OF THIS EULA. IF YOU DO NOT ACCEPT THESE TERMS, DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR THE SOFTWARE. 1. GRANT OF LICENSE. Samsung grants you the following rights provided that you comply with all terms and conditions of this EULA: You may install, use, access, display and run one copy of the Software on the local hard disk(s) or other permanent storage media of one computer and use the Software on a single computer or a mobile device at a time, and you may not make the Software available over a network where it could be used by multiple computers at the same time. You may make one copy of the Software in machine readable form for backup purposes only; provided that the backup copy must include all copyright or other proprietary notices contained on the original. Certain items of the Software may be subject to open source licenses. The open source license provisions may override some of the terms of this EULA. We make the applicable open source licenses available to you on the Legal Notices section of the Settings menu of your device. Warranty Information 236 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 2. RESERVATION OF RIGHTS AND OWNERSHIP. Samsung reserves all rights not expressly granted to you in this EULA. The Software is protected by copyright and other intellectual property laws and treaties. Samsung or its suppliers own the title, copyright and other intellectual property rights in the Software. The Software is licensed, not sold. 3. LIMITATIONS ON END USER RIGHTS. You may not reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, or otherwise attempt to discover the source code or algorithms of, the Software
(except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law not withstanding this limitation), or modify, or disable any features of, the Software, or create derivative works based on the Software. You may not rent, lease, lend, sublicense or provide commercial hosting services with the Software. 4. CONSENT TO USE OF DATA. You agree that Samsung and its affiliates may collect and use technical information gathered as part of the product support services related to the Software provided to you, if any, such as IMEI (your devices unique identification number), device number, model name, customer code, access recording, your devices current SW version, MCC (Mobile Country Code), MNC (Mobile Network Code). Samsung and its affiliates may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized 237 services or technologies to you and will not disclose this information in a form that personally identifies you. At all times your information will be treated in accordance with Samsungs Privacy Policy, which can be viewed at:
http://account.samsung.com/membership/pp. 5. SOFTWARE UPDATES. Samsung may provide to you or make available to you updates, upgrades, supplements and add-on components (if any) of the Software, including bug fixes, service upgrades (parts or whole), products or devices, and updates and enhancements to any software previously installed (including entirely new versions), (collectively Update) after the date you obtain your initial copy of the Software to improve the Software and ultimately enhance your user experience with your device. This EULA applies to all and any component of the Update that Samsung may provide to you or make available to you after the date you obtain your initial copy of the Software, unless we provide other terms along with such Update. To use Software provided through Update, you must first be licensed for the Software identified by Samsung as eligible for the Update. After the Update, you may no longer use the Software that formed the basis for your Update eligibility. The updated Software version may add new functions and, in some limited cases, may delete existing functions. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential While the Update will be generally available, in some limited circumstances, the Software updates will only be offered by your network carrier, and such Software updates will be governed by your contractual relationship with your network carrier. With the Automatic Update function enabled (as in the default setting in the System Update menu in the Setting), your device downloads some Updates automatically from time to time. Your device will, however, ask for your consent before installing any Update If you choose to disable the Automatic Update function, then you can check the availability of new Updates by clicking on the Check Update menu in the Setting. We recommend that you check availability of any new Updates periodically for optimal use of your device. If you want to avoid any use of network data for the Update downloads, then you should choose the Wi-Fi Only option in the Setting. (Regardless of the option you choose, the Automatic Update function downloads Updates only through Wi-Fi connection.) 6. Some features of the Software may require your device to have access to the internet and may be subject to restrictions imposed by your network or internet provider. Unless your device is connected to the internet through Wi-Fi connection, the Software will access through your mobile network, which may result in additional charges depending on your payment plan. In addition, your enjoyment of some features of the Software may be affected by the suitability and performance of your device hardware or data access. 7. SOFTWARE TRANSFER. You may not transfer this EULA or the rights to the Software granted herein to any third party unless it is in connection with the sale of the mobile device which the Software accompanied. In such event, the transfer must include all of the Software (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, any upgrades, this EULA) and you may not retain any copies of the Software. The transfer may not be an indirect transfer, such as a consignment. Prior to the transfer, the end user receiving the Software must agree to all the EULA terms. 8. EXPORT RESTRICTIONS. You acknowledge that the Software is subject to export restrictions of various countries. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the Software, including all the applicable export restriction laws and regulations. 9. TERMINATION. This EULA is effective until terminated. Your rights under this License will terminate automatically without notice from Samsung if you fail to comply with any of the Warranty Information 238 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential terms and conditions of this EULA. Upon termination of this EULA, you must cease all use of the Software and destroy all copies, full or partial, of the Software. 10. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY. UNLESS SEPARATELY STATED IN A WRITTEN EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY ACCOMPANYING YOUR DEVICE, ALL SOFTWARE PROVIDED BY SAMSUNG WITH THIS MOBILE DEVICE (WHETHER INCLUDED WITH THE DEVICE, DOWNLOADED, OR OTHERWISE OBTAINED) IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND ON AN
"AS AVAILABLE" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND FROM SAMSUNG, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT POSSIBLE PURSUANT TO APPLICABLE LAW, SAMSUNG DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY OR WORKMANLIKE EFFORT, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, RELIABILITY OR AVAILABILITY, ACCURACY, LACK OF VIRUSES, QUIET ENJOYMENT, NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR OTHER VIOLATION OF RIGHTS. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW EXCLUSIONS OR LIMITATIONS OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES, SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSIONS OR LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. NO ADVICE OR INFORMATION, WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, OBTAINED BY YOU FROM 239 SAMSUNG OR ITS AFFILIATES SHALL BE DEEMED TO ALTER THIS DISCLAIMER BY SAMSUNG OF WARRANTY REGARDING THE SOFTWARE, OR TO CREATE ANY WARRANTY OF ANY SORT FROM SAMSUNG. 11. THIRD-PARTY APPLICATIONS. Certain third party applications may be included with, or downloaded to this mobile device. Samsung makes no representations whatsoever about any of these applications. Since Samsung has no control over such applications, you acknowledge and agree that Samsung is not responsible for the availability of such applications and is not responsible or liable for any content, advertising, products, services, or other materials on or available from such applications. You expressly acknowledge and agree that use of third party applications is at your sole risk and that the entire risk of unsatisfactory quality, performance, accuracy and effort is with you. It is up to you to take precautions to ensure that whatever you select to use is free of such items as viruses, worms, Trojan horses, and other items of a destructive nature. References on this mobile device to any names, marks, products, or services of any third-parties are provided solely as a convenience to you, and do not constitute or imply an endorsement, sponsorship, or recommendation of, or affiliation with the third party or its products and services. You agree that Samsung shall not be By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage or loss, including but not limited to any damage to the mobile device or loss of data, caused or alleged to be caused by, or in connection with, use of or reliance on any such third party content, products, or services available on or through any such application. You acknowledge and agree that the use of any third-party application is governed by such third party application provider's Terms of Use, License Agreement, Privacy Policy, or other such agreement and that any information or personal data you provide, whether knowingly or unknowingly, to such third-party application provider, will be subject to such third party application provider's privacy policy, if such a policy exists. SAMSUNG DISCLAIMS ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION OR ANY OTHER PRACTICES OF ANY THIRD PARTY APPLICATION PROVIDER. SAMSUNG EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY REGARDING WHETHER YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION IS CAPTURED BY ANY THIRD PARTY APPLICATION PROVIDER OR THE USE TO WHICH SUCH PERSONAL INFORMATION MAY BE PUT BY SUCH THIRD PARTY APPLICATION PROVIDER. 12. SAMSUNG APPLICATIONS. Certain Samsung applications and services may be included with, or downloaded to, this mobile device. Many of them require Samsung Services membership registration (Samsung Account), and your rights and obligations will be set forth in separate Samsung Account terms and conditions and privacy policies. There are non-Samsung Account applications and services that require your consent to their separate terms and conditions and privacy policies. You expressly acknowledge and agree that your use of such applications and services will be subject to the applicable terms and conditions and privacy policies. 13. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. SAMSUNG WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE USE OR THE INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE OR ANY THIRD PARTY APPLICATION, ITS CONTENT OR FUNCTIONALITY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES CAUSED BY OR RELATED TO ERRORS, OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS, DEFECTS, DELAY IN OPERATION OR TRANSMISSION, COMPUTER VIRUS, FAILURE TO CONNECT, NETWORK CHARGES, IN-APP PURCHASES, AND ALL OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES EVEN IF SAMSUNG HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSIONS OR LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. NOTWITHSTANDING Warranty Information 240 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential THE FOREGOING, SAMSUNG ELECTRONIC CO.'S TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL LOSSES, DAMAGES, CAUSES OF ACTION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THOSE BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR THIRD PARTY APPLICATIONS ON THIS MOBILE DEVICE, OR ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS EULA, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT PURCHASER PAID SPECIFICALLY FOR THIS MOBILE DEVICE OR ANY SUCH THIRD PARTY APPLICATION THAT WAS INCLUDED WITH THIS MOBILE DEVICE. THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS, EXCLUSIONS, AND DISCLAIMERS (INCLUDING SECTIONS 10, 11, 12 AND 13) SHALL APPLY TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. 14. U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS RESTRICTED RIGHTS. The Software is licensed only with "restricted rights" and as
"commercial items" consisting of "commercial software"
and "commercial software documentation" with only those rights as are granted to all other end users pursuant to the terms and conditions herein. All Products are provided only with "restricted rights" with only those rights as are granted to all other end users pursuant to the terms and conditions herein. All Software and Products are provided subject to Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 52.227.19. 241 15. APPLICABLE LAW. This EULA is governed by the laws of the jurisdiction where you are a resident or, if a resident of the United States, by the laws of the state of Texas, without regard to its conflict of law provisions. This EULA shall not be governed by the UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, the application of which is expressly excluded. 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION.
(a) Non-United States residents. If a dispute, controversy or difference arising in any way from this EULA or your use of the Software is not amicably settled, it shall be subject to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the jurisdiction where you are a resident. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Samsung may apply for injunctive remedies (or an equivalent type of urgent legal relief) in any jurisdiction.
(b) United States residents. ALL DISPUTES WITH SAMSUNG ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS EULA OR YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE SHALL BE RESOLVED EXCLUSIVELY THROUGH FINAL AND BINDING ARBITRATION, AND NOT BY A COURT OR JURY. Any such dispute shall not be combined or consolidated with any other persons or entitys claim or dispute, and specifically, without limitation of the foregoing, shall not under any circumstances proceed as part of a class By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential action. The arbitration shall be conducted before a single arbitrator, whose award may not exceed, in form or amount, the relief allowed by the applicable law. The arbitration shall be conducted according to the American Arbitration Association (AAA) Commercial Arbitration Rules applicable to consumer disputes. This arbitration provision is entered pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act. The laws of the State of Texas, without reference to its choice of laws principles, shall govern the interpretation of the EULA and all disputes that are subject to this arbitration provision. The arbitrator shall decide all issues of interpretation and application of this arbitration provision and the EULA. For any arbitration in which your total damage claims, exclusive of attorney fees and expert witness fees, are $5,000.00 or less ("Small Claim"), the arbitrator may, if you prevail, award your reasonable attorney fees, expert witness fees and costs as part of any award, but may not grant Samsung its attorney fees, expert witness fees or costs unless it is determined that the claim was brought in bad faith. In a Small Claim case, you shall be required to pay no more than half of the total administrative, facility and arbitrator fees, or $50.00 of such fees, whichever is less, and Samsung shall pay the remainder of such fees. Administrative, facility and arbitrator fees for arbitrations in which your total damage claims, exclusive of attorney fees and expert witness fees, exceed
$5,000.00 ("Large Claim") shall be determined according to AAA rules. In a Large Claim case, the arbitrator may grant to the prevailing party, or apportion among the parties, reasonable attorney fees, expert witness fees and costs. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court of competent jurisdiction. This arbitration provision also applies to claims against Samsungs employees, representatives and affiliates if any such claim arises from the licensing or use of the Software. You may opt out of this dispute resolution procedure by providing notice to Samsung no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the first consumer purchasers purchase of this device. To opt out, you must send notice by e-mail to optout@sta.samsung.com, with the subject line: "Arbitration Opt Out." You must include in the opt out e-mail (a) your name and address; (b) the date on which the device was purchased; (c) the device model name or model number; and
(d) the IMEI or MEID or Serial Number, as applicable, if you have it (the IMEI or MEID or Serial Number can be found (i) on the device box; (ii) on the device information screen, which can be found under "Settings;" (iii) on a label on the back of the device beneath the battery, if the battery is removable;
and (iv) on the outside of the device if the battery is not Warranty Information 242 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential removable). Alternatively, you may opt out by calling 1-888-987-4357 no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the first consumer purchaser's purchase of the device and providing the same information. These are the only two forms of notice that will be effective to opt out of this dispute resolution procedure. Opting out of this dispute resolution procedure will not affect your use of the device or its preloaded Software, and you will continue to enjoy the benefits of this license. 17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; SEVERABILITY. This EULA is the entire agreement between you and Samsung relating to the Software and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written communications, proposals and representations with respect to the Software or any other subject matter covered by this EULA. If any provision of this EULA is held to be void, invalid, unenforceable or illegal, the other provisions shall continue in full force and effect. [050113]
243 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Index A Acces to My Location 100 Accessibility settings Accounts services 200 adding a Google account 44 Google 12 Samsung 12 setting up 44 Creating a New Memo 82 Action Memo Adobe PDF 115 Airplane mode 152 Alarm Deleting an Existing Alarm 89 Setting 88 AllShare Play see Samsung Link 122, 123 AllShareCast Hub 122 Application cache and data Clearing 114 Applications 40 Bloomberg+ 83 Calculator 84 Camera 87 Email 91 Google Mail 92 Google Maps 99 Internet 98 KNOX 98 Messages 101 Video 128 Voice Recorder 132 YouTube 138 installing 80 uninstalling 80 Apps B Battery charging 11 cover, removing & installing 8 indicator 10 installing 10 removing 10 Battery Use & Safety 216 Bloomberg+ 83 Bluetooth pairing with a device 144 profiles 155 settings 156 turning on or off 144 C Calculator Calendar Scientific Functions 84 Creating An Event 85 Handwriting Mode 85 Settings 86 creating/updating contacts 62 managing 62 sending messages 62 answering 60 call-waiting 60 Call log Calls 244 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ending 61 from Call log 59 from Contacts 58 from Favorites 59 in-call options 61 recent 61 rejecting 60 sending to voicemail 60 settings 63 silencing a ringer 60 three-way 59 using the Keypad 57 Care and Maintenance 221 Children and Cell Phones 211 Chrome Clearing Google 87 Application cache and data 114 Commercial Mobile Alerting System
(CMAS) 214 Connecting to Video Devices 150 Connections Accessing the Internet 98 245 Contacts backing up 52 Backup Assistant 52 creating 46 creating from Call log 47 creating from the Keypad 47 exporting and importing 51 groups 53 joining 50 My Profile 49 namecards 51 speed dials 55 starred contacts 53 updating 47 updating from Call log 48, 62 updating from Keypad 47 Creating a Playlist 105 D Deregister Web Storage 125 Desk Clock 88 Display / Touch-Screen 219 Display settings brightness 170 DivX font style and size 171 screen timeout 170 Locating VOD Number 130 Overview 129 Registering Your DivX Device 130 Do cell phones pose a health hazard?
207 Downloading New application 112 Downloads 91 Dropbox 124 E Email account settings 75 combined Inbox 75 composing and sending 76 configuring accounts 74 refreshing your accounts 75 Emergency Calls 220 Entering Text Google voice typing 42 Samsung keyboard 41 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Evernote 91 Exposure to Radio Frequency (RF) Signals 207 F FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility (HAC) Regulations for Wireless Devices 226 FCC Notice and Cautions 228 Flipboard 92 G Gallery Gmail 92 Picture-In-Picture 129 composing and sending 77 configuring your account 77 Creating an Additional Account 93 managing your account 77 refreshing your account 77 Gmail 77 location services setting 177 managing an account 45 Retrieving Password 93 setting up an account 44 Settings 93 Google Signing into Your Account 92 Talk 79 your account 12 Google Books 109 Google Maps Enabling a location source 100 Opening a map 100 Google Music 111 Google Now 133 Google Settings 93 Google Talk see Hangouts 97 GPS 220 Group Joining 95 Group Play 94 Creating a Group 95 Joining a Group 95 Share Music 96, 103 Sharing Pictures 95 Spanning Screens 96 adding contacts 54 creating 53 Groups sending a message 55 Guided Tours 13 Health and Safety Information 207 Help H I In-Device 97 Home screen 35 adding shortcuts 38 adding widgets 38 customizing 28 folders 39 primary shortcuts 37 wallpaper 39 Icons Status Bar 35 Internet 98 IR Smart Remote 17 L Location settings Google location services 177 Standalong GPS services 176 246 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential VZW location services 176 Lookout Security 99 M Market Menu Memory Card see Play Store 112 formatting 150, 151 installing 15 removing 15 Memory settings internal phone storage 172 context-sensitive 29 creating and sending 70 email 74 Gmail 77 managing 71 settings 71 Talk 79 types 69 Messaging Google Mail 92 Messages 247 Messenger 101 Mobile Hotspot configuring 159 turning on or off 142 Mobile networks settings 158 Mobile Web 98 Multi-Tasking Music 102 Watching Videos 129 Adding Music 105 Creating a Playlist 105 Editing a Playlist 106 Making a Song a Ringtone 103 Options 103 Playing Music 102 Removing Music 105, 106 Share via Group Play 96 Simultaneoulsy Playback 96 Using Playlists 105 Music Application 111 3GP 102 Music File Extensions Music App AAC 102 AAC+ 102 eAAC+ 102 M4A 102 MP3 102 MP4 102 WMA 102 Music Files Removing 106 Transferring 106 My Places 100 My Profile 49 sending 49 N Namecards sending 51 Navigation 29 command keys 37 touch gestures 29 Downloading 112 Non-Market Applications 114 Notification Panel 33 New applications By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential O P Operating Environment 224 Organizer Calculator 84 World Clock 89 Other Important Safety Information 229 Pairing with Bluetooth 144 Phone settings Date & time 198 language 186 Picture-In-Picture 129 Pinning Memo 82 Play Books 109 Play Store 112 Powering On and Off 12 R Reducing Exposure Hands-Free Kits and Other Accessories 210 Responsible Listening 222 Restricting Children's Access to Your Mobile device 228 Roaming 14 rvice 125 settings 158 S S Note 116 S Translator Samsung keyboard Translate Text 116 Translate Using Voice 116 S Voice 117 Using 117 Samsung Hub Creating a New Account 119 Using 120 configuring 41 entering text 41 Configuring Settings 123 Definitions 122 Deregister Storage 125 Sharing Media 125 Web Storage Setup 124 Samsung Link Samsung Mobile Products and Recycling 218 Scan for Nearby Devices 103 Scrapbook 126 Security Security settings locking and unlocking 16 credential storage 184 Setting an alarm 88 Settings 152 Share Videos 96 SketchBook for Galaxy 126 SkyDrive 124 Smart Alarm 89 Smart Practices While Driving 214 Smart Switch 17 Snooze 89 Repeat 88 Set As 103 Song Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) Certification Information 212 Speed Dials assigning 55 248 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Split Screens removing or reassigning 56 Group Play 96 Standard Limited Warranty 231 Storage settings 172 SugarSync 124 Synchronization settings background data 193 T Task Manager 14 Text entering 40 Text settings default 186 Google voice typing 187 Samsung keyboard 187 Third-Party Applications Uninstalling 114 Transferring Music Files 106 TTY Mode 13 Turning Your Phone On and Off 12 249 UL Certified Travel Charger 219 Uninstalling Third-party applications 114 Unknown Sources 114 USB 3.0 17 Use GPS Satellites 100 Use Wireless Networks 100 U V Video Picture-In-Picture 129 Sharing Videos 128 Voice Search 133 Voicemail checking 78 setting up 78 Volume key 21 adding 145 settings 162 VPN W Warranty Information 231 WatchON 134 Adding a New Room 138 Changing Channels 136 Configure Just For You 137 Customizing Your Remote 134 Initial Configuration 134 Locating Programs 136 Personalize 137 Settings 137 Using 136 Web 98 Widgets 38 Settings 126 Stopwatch 90 Wi-Fi adding a connection manually 140 Mobile Hotspot 142 scanning and connecting 140 settings 153 turning on or off 139 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Wi-Fi Direct connecting to devices 141 turning on or off 141 Wireless Networking Bluetooth 144 VPN 145 Wi-Fi 139 World Clock DST Settings 90 250 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and ConfidentialLegal Notice 1. All functionality, descriptions, ideas, drawings, features, specifications and other information provided in this document are (i) Samsungs proprietary and confidential information, (ii) subject to the non-disclosure agreement regarding Project H and Project B, (iii) provided for discussion purpose only, and (iv) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. 2. Samsung reserves the right to make changes to this document, at any time, without obligation on Samsung to provide notification of such change. 3. Nothing in this document grants to the recipient any license or right in or to information or materials provided in this document, or any intellectual property therein. SAMSUNG PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL 4. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN ARE PROVIDED ON "AS IS" BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER IMPLIED OR EXPRESSED.
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2014-08-06 | 1860 ~ 1900 | PCE - PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear | Class II Permissive Change |
2 | 2013-09-11 | 5775 ~ 5775 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | Original Equipment |
3 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||
4 | 13.56 ~ 13.56 | DXX - Part 15 Low Power Communication Device Transmitter | ||
5 | JBP - Part 15 Class B Computing Device Peripheral | |||
6 | 5530 ~ 5530 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||
7 | 1855 ~ 1910 | PCE - PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear | ||
8 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DXT - Part 15 Low Power Transceiver, Rx Verified |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Effective |
2014-08-06
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
2013-09-11
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
Samsung Electronics Co Ltd
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0005810205
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Physical Address |
19 Chapin Rd., Building D
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
Pine Brook, NJ
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
United States
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | TCB Application Email Address |
t******@pctestlab.com
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | TCB Scope |
B1: Commercial mobile radio services equipment in the following 47 CFR Parts 20, 22 (cellular), 24,25 (below 3 GHz) & 27
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
A4: UNII devices & low power transmitters using spread spectrum techniques
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
A1: Low Power Transmitters below 1 GHz (except Spread Spectrum), Unintentional Radiators, EAS (Part 11) & Consumer ISM devices
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
A2: Low Power Transmitters (except Spread Spectrum) and radar detectors operating above 1 GHz
|
|||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Grantee Code |
A3L
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Equipment Product Code |
SMN900R4
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Name |
J**** C****
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Title |
General Manager
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Telephone Number |
973-8********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Fax Number |
973-8********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
j******@samsung.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Firm Name |
PCTEST Engineering Lab., Inc.
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Name |
R******** O********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Physical Address |
6660-B Dobbin Road
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
Columbia, Maryland 21045
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
Columbia, Maryland
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
United States
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Telephone Number |
410-2********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Fax Number |
410-2********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
t******@pctestlab.com
|
|||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | If so, specify the short-term confidentiality release date (MM/DD/YYYY format) | 02/02/2015 | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | 02/10/2014 | |||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Equipment Class | PCE - PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | DXX - Part 15 Low Power Communication Device Transmitter | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | JBP - Part 15 Class B Computing Device Peripheral | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | DXT - Part 15 Low Power Transceiver, Rx Verified | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | Multi-band CDMA/LTE Phone with WLAN, Bluetooth, RFID and ANT+ | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Yes | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Modular Equipment Type | Does not apply | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Purpose / Application is for | Class II Permissive Change | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Original Equipment | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Grant Comments | Class II Permissive Change Output power listed is ERP for frequencies below 1 GHz and EIRP for frequencies above 1 GHz. SAR compliance for body-worn operating configurations is limited to the specific configurations tested for this filing. Body-worn operations are restricted to the specific belt-clips / holsters / accessories tested for this filing, and to belt-clips, holsters or similar accessories that have no metallic component in the assembly and must provide at least 1.0 cm separation between the device and the user's body. End-users must be informed of the body-worn operating requirements for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported SAR for head, body-worn accessory, product specific (wireless router), and simultaneous transmission use conditions is 0.43 W/kg, 0.61 W/kg, 0.82 W/kg, and 1.44 W/kg, respectively. HAC Rating: M4 T3 - 2011 This device also contains functions that are not operational in U.S. Territories. This filing is only applicable for US operations. | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Output power is conducted. SAR compliance for body-worn operating configurations is limited to the specific configurations tested for this filing. Body-worn operations are restricted the specific belt-clips / holsters / accessories tested for this filing, and to belt-clips, holsters or similar accessories that have no metallic component in the assembly and must provide at least 1.0 cm separation between the device and the user's body. End-users must be informed of the body-worn operating requirements for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported SAR for head, body-worn accessory, product specific (wireless router), and simultaneous transmission use conditions is 0.32 W/kg, 0.27 W/kg, 0.27 W/kg, and 1.44 W/kg, respectively. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Output power is conducted. This device is approved for use in the handset described in this filing. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | This device is approved for use in the handset described in this filing. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Power output is conducted. SAR compliance for body-worn operating configurations is limited to the specific configurations tested for this filing. Body-worn operations are restricted the specific belt-clips / holsters / accessories tested for this filing, and to belt-clips, holsters or similar accessories that have no metallic component in the assembly and must provide at least 1.0 cm separation between the device and the user's body. End-users must be informed of the body-worn operating requirements for satisfying RF exposure compliance. This device is restricted to indoor-only use for the 5150.0 - 5250.0 MHz band. This device complies with the Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) requirements of Report and Order FCC 06-96 as a Client only without Radar Detection. The highest reported SAR for head, body-worn accessory, simultaneous transmission, and extremity (hand) use conditions is 0.21 W/kg, 0.22 W/kg, 1.44 W/kg, and 0.53 W/kg, respectively. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Output power listed is ERP for frequencies below 1 GHz and EIRP for frequencies above 1 GHz. SAR compliance for body-worn operating configurations is limited to the specific configurations tested for this filing. Body-worn operations are restricted to the specific belt-clips / holsters / accessories tested for this filing, and to belt-clips, holsters or similar accessories that have no metallic component in the assembly and must provide at least 1.0 cm separation between the device and the user's body. End-users must be informed of the body-worn operating requirements for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported SAR for head, body-worn accessory, product specific (wireless router), and simultaneous transmission use conditions is 0.34 W/kg, 0.61 W/kg, 0.82 W/kg, and 1.44 W/kg, respectively. HAC Rating: M4 T3 - 2011 This device also contains functions that are not operational in U.S. Territories. This filing is only applicable for US operations. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Firm Name |
PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc.
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Name |
R**** O****
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Telephone Number |
410-2********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Fax Number |
410-2********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
l******@pctestlab.com
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 22H | HC | 824.7 | 848.31 | 0.09 | 2.5 ppm | 1M27F9W | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 2 | 24E | HC | 1851 | 1908.75 | 0.297 | 2.5 ppm | 1M27F9W | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 3 | 27 | HX | 701.5 | 713.5 | 0.042 | 2.5 ppm | 4M49G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 4 | 27 | HX | 701.5 | 713.5 | 0.032 | 2.5 ppm | 4M48W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 5 | 27 | HX | 704 | 711 | 0.043 | 2.5 ppm | 8M96G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 6 | 27 | HX | 704 | 711 | 0.034 | 2.5 ppm | 8M93W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 7 | 22H | HX | 826.5 | 846.5 | 0.071 | 2.5 ppm | 4M50G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 8 | 22H | HX | 826.5 | 846.5 | 0.059 | 2.5 ppm | 4M49W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 9 | 22H | HX | 829 | 844 | 0.079 | 2.5 ppm | 9M00G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 22H | HX | 829 | 844 | 0.063 | 2.5 ppm | 8M95W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 11 | 27 | HX | 1712.5 | 1752.5 | 0.044 | 2.5 ppm | 4M50G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 12 | 27 | HX | 1712.5 | 1752.5 | 0.035 | 2.5 ppm | 4M50W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 13 | 27 | HX | 1715 | 1750 | 0.052 | 2.5 ppm | 8M97G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 14 | 27 | HX | 1715 | 1750 | 0.039 | 2.5 ppm | 8M96W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 15 | 27 | HX | 1717.5 | 1747.5 | 0.051 | 2.5 ppm | 13M5G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 16 | 27 | HX | 1717.5 | 1747.5 | 0.042 | 2.5 ppm | 13M4W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 17 | 27 | HX | 1720 | 1745 | 0.049 | 2.5 ppm | 17M9G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 18 | 27 | HX | 1720 | 1745 | 0.039 | 2.5 ppm | 17M9W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 19 | 24E | HX | 1852.5 | 1912.5 | 0.07 | 2.5 ppm | 4M50G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 2 | 24E | HX | 1852.5 | 1912.5 | 0.054 | 2.5 ppm | 4M50W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 21 | 24E | HX | 1855 | 1910 | 0.051 | 2.5 ppm | 8M96G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 22 | 24E | HX | 1855 | 1910 | 0.041 | 2.5 ppm | 8M93W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 23 | 24E | HX | 1857.5 | 1902.5 | 0.058 | 2.5 ppm | 13M4G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 24 | 24E | HX | 1857.5 | 1902.5 | 0.048 | 2.5 ppm | 13M4W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 25 | 24E | HX | 1860 | 1900 | 0.068 | 2.5 ppm | 18M0G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 26 | 24E | HX | 1860 | 1900 | 0.059 | 2.5 ppm | 18M0W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 15C | CC HX | 2412 | 2462 | 0.052 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 2 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.004 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 3 | 15C | CC HX | 5745 | 5825 | 0.024 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 4 | 15C | CC HX | 5755 | 5795 | 0.013 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 5 | 15C | CC HX | 5775 | 5775 | 0.01 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0090000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 1 | 15C | CC | 13.56000000 | 13.56000000 | 0.0100000000 % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 1 | 15B | 16 CC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 1 | 15E | CC HX | 5180 | 5240 | 0.028 | 2.5 ppm | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 2 | 15E | CC HX | 5260 | 5320 | 0.026 | 2.5 ppm | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 3 | 15E | CC HX | 5500 | 5700 | 0.026 | 2.5 ppm | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 4 | 15E | CC HX | 5190 | 5230 | 0.014 | 2.5 ppm | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 5 | 15E | CC HX | 5270 | 5310 | 0.014 | 2.5 ppm | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 6 | 15E | CC HX | 5510 | 5670 | 0.013 | 2.5 ppm | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 7 | 15E | CC HX | 5210 | 5210 | 0.011 | 2.5 ppm | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 8 | 15E | CC HX | 5290 | 5290 | 0.011 | 2.5 ppm | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 9 | 15E | CC HX | 5530 | 5530 | 0.012 | 2.5 ppm | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 1 | 22H | HC | 824.7 | 848.31 | 0.09 | 2.5 ppm | 1M27F9W | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 2 | 24E | HC | 1851 | 1908.75 | 0.297 | 2.5 ppm | 1M27F9W | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 3 | 27 | HX | 701.5 | 713.5 | 0.042 | 2.5 ppm | 4M49G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 4 | 27 | HX | 701.5 | 713.5 | 0.032 | 2.5 ppm | 4M48W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 5 | 27 | HX | 704 | 711 | 0.043 | 2.5 ppm | 8M96G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 6 | 27 | HX | 704 | 711 | 0.034 | 2.5 ppm | 8M93W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 7 | 22H | HX | 826.5 | 846.5 | 0.071 | 2.5 ppm | 4M50G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 8 | 22H | HX | 826.5 | 846.5 | 0.059 | 2.5 ppm | 4M49W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 9 | 22H | HX | 829 | 844 | 0.079 | 2.5 ppm | 9M00G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 1 | 22H | HX | 829 | 844 | 0.063 | 2.5 ppm | 8M95W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 11 | 27 | HX | 1712.5 | 1752.5 | 0.044 | 2.5 ppm | 4M50G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 12 | 27 | HX | 1712.5 | 1752.5 | 0.035 | 2.5 ppm | 4M50W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 13 | 27 | HX | 1715 | 1750 | 0.052 | 2.5 ppm | 8M97G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 14 | 27 | HX | 1715 | 1750 | 0.039 | 2.5 ppm | 8M96W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 15 | 24E | HX | 1852.5 | 1912.5 | 0.07 | 2.5 ppm | 4M50G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 16 | 24E | HX | 1852.5 | 1912.5 | 0.054 | 2.5 ppm | 4M50W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 17 | 24E | HX | 1855 | 1910 | 0.051 | 2.5 ppm | 8M96G7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 18 | 24E | HX | 1855 | 1910 | 0.041 | 2.5 ppm | 8M93W7D | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC